{"title":"New In","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"coca-cola-classic-coke-irish-import-330ml-sleek-cans-pack-of-24","title":"Coca-Cola Original Taste - 330ml Sleek Cans Irish Import (Case of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Original Taste - Irish Import Sleek Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml cans. None price-marked. The same great Coca-Cola Original Taste recipe in the EU sleek can format - taller and slimmer than the standard UK can design. Irish import. Vegan, gluten-free and GMO-free. Suitable for resale and vending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Can Format Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is an Irish import and uses the EU sleek can design - a taller, slimmer 330ml can compared to the standard shorter UK can format. The volume (330ml) and recipe are identical to Coca-Cola Original Taste UK. Operators should be aware of the different can dimensions when planning vending machine configuration or shelf display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCoca-Cola Original Taste is the world's favourite soft drink, enjoyed since 1886 when Dr. John Pemberton created his distinctive tasting soft drink in Atlanta, Georgia. The same iconic recipe - carbonated water, sugar, caramel colour, phosphoric acid, natural flavourings and caffeine - in a 330ml sleek can format imported from Ireland. Supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml none price-marked cans. Contact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVending machines configured for sleek can formats, workplace fridges, canteens, leisure venues and convenience retail. The EU sleek can format is increasingly common across European markets and is compatible with vending machines set up for slim can dimensions. Operators should verify can dimensions against their vending machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoca-Cola Original Taste - 330ml sleek can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrish import - EU sleek can format (taller and slimmer than standard UK can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 24 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNone price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame recipe as Coca-Cola Original Taste UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan and vegetarian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten-free and GMO-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains caffeine and sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served chilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease recycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCarbonated Water, Sugar, Colour (Caramel E150d), Acid (Phosphoric Acid), Natural Flavourings, Caffeine Flavouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo declared allergens. Gluten-free and GMO-free. Vegan and vegetarian. Contains caffeine and sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between this product and standard Coca-Cola Original Taste UK cans?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe recipe and volume (330ml) are identical. The difference is the can format - this is an Irish import using the EU sleek can design, which is taller and slimmer than the standard UK can. Operators should check their vending machine specifications to confirm compatibility with the sleek can format before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the sleek cans compatible with standard UK vending machines?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSleek cans have different dimensions to standard UK cans. Compatibility depends on the specific vending machine model and its configuration. Operators should verify can dimensions against their machine specifications before ordering this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs the recipe the same as UK Coca-Cola?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The ingredients and recipe are identical to Coca-Cola Original Taste sold in the UK. The only difference is the can format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre these cans price-marked?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. These Coca-Cola Original Taste sleek cans are none price-marked, giving vending operators and retailers full flexibility on their own pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many cans are in a case?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n24 x 330ml cans per case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy these in bulk or on a pallet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Available in cases of 24 x 330ml sleek cans from Vending Superstore. For larger volume or palletised orders, please contact us directly for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Coca-Cola sleek cans in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can buy Coca-Cola Original Taste 330ml Irish import sleek cans in cases of 24 directly from Vending Superstore. We supply vending operators, workplaces, canteens and trade buyers across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055669641550,"sku":"COC-002773","price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/330ml.png?v=1782900794"},{"product_id":"remedy-kombucha-raspberry-lemonade-250ml-cans-pack-of-12","title":"Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade - 250ml Cans (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a pack of 12 x 250ml cans. A naturally fermented, no-sugar kombucha drink with natural raspberry flavouring, hibiscus tea and real lemon juice - a zesty, berry-forward take on a classic pink lemonade. Brewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea and a live culture. 100% natural. No sugar. Live cultures, organic acids and tea polyphenols throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRemedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade is ripe raspberries meets pink lemonade - sweet berry aroma, real lemon juice for a clean zesty balance, and hibiscus tea for depth and colour. It's a flavour that's immediately familiar and genuinely refreshing. Like all Remedy Kombucha, it's brewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea and a live SCOBY culture. Raw organic sugar is used as a starter ingredient and fully converted into healthy organic acids during fermentation - no sugar remains in the finished drink, tested batch by batch. Sweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol. 100% natural ingredients. Best served over ice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Refrigeration Required Until Opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRemedy Kombucha contains no sugar and the live cultures are stable throughout shelf life. No sugar means no risk of refermentation, so the cans can be stored ambient until opened. Best served chilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWorkplace wellness programmes, gyms, health-focused cafés, hotel minibars, leisure venues and any environment that wants to offer a premium no-sugar soft drink with genuine credentials. Raspberry Lemonade is one of the most approachable flavours in the Remedy range - the familiar pink lemonade profile makes it an easy sell alongside the more adventurous kombucha flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade - 250ml can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo sugar - all sugar converted during 30-day fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive cultures (SCOBY - Symbiotic Culture of Bacteria and Yeast)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural raspberry flavouring with hibiscus tea and real lemon juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage until opened - no refrigeration required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRaw Kombucha (Carbonated Water, Sugar*, Black Tea Leaves, Green Tea Leaves, Traditional Kombucha Culture), Flavour Enhancer: Erythritol, Hibiscus Tea, Natural Raspberry Flavouring, Lemon Juice, Sweetener: Steviol Glycosides.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e*No sugar remains after Remedy's traditional long-aged fermentation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo declared allergens. 100% natural ingredients. Vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Directions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest served chilled or over ice. Can be stored ambient until opened - no refrigeration required. Once opened, refrigerate and consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade contain sugar?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Raw organic sugar is used as a starter ingredient during brewing - food for the live cultures. During Remedy's 30-day fermentation process, all of this sugar is converted into healthy organic acids. No sugar remains in the finished drink, and Remedy tests each batch to confirm this. The drink is sweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow does Raspberry Lemonade differ from Wild Berry?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth are 250ml Remedy Kombucha cans in a pack of 12, brewed for 30 days with no sugar and live cultures. Raspberry Lemonade uses natural raspberry flavouring, hibiscus tea and real lemon juice - a clean, zesty berry-lemonade profile. Wild Berry uses natural strawberry, blackberry and blueberry flavourings with hibiscus tea, lemon juice and natural caramel flavouring - a richer, jammier, more complex berry flavour. Raspberry Lemonade is the more approachable, refreshing option; Wild Berry is deeper and more aromatic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes Remedy Kombucha need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo - Remedy Kombucha can be stored ambient until opened. Because it contains no sugar, there is no risk of refermentation. The live cultures are stable and healthy throughout shelf life. Best served chilled or over ice. Once opened, refrigerate and consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade vegan?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade contains no animal-derived ingredients and is vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade in bulk?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Available in a pack of 12 x 250ml cans from Vending Superstore. We supply workplaces, gyms, health cafés and hospitality businesses across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can buy Remedy Kombucha Raspberry Lemonade 250ml cans directly from Vending Superstore. We stock the full Remedy Kombucha range alongside a wide selection of wellness and better-for-you drinks for workplace, hospitality and retail use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Remedy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055675408718,"sku":"REM-002779","price":16.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/61rny8cQn4L._AC_SL1000_c2383e0d-37c4-4e00-9add-242b2a4fbfd7.jpg?v=1782466941"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-coke-zero-irish-import-330ml-sleek-cans-pack-of-24","title":"Coca-Cola Zero Sugar - 330ml Sleek Cans Irish Import (Case of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Zero Sugar - Irish Import Sleek Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml cans. None price-marked. Zero sugar, zero calories. The same great Coke taste without the sugar, in the EU sleek can format - taller and slimmer than the standard UK can design. Irish import. \u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Can Format and Recipe Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is an Irish import and uses the EU sleek can design - a taller, slimmer 330ml can compared to the standard shorter UK can format. The Irish import recipe uses aspartame and acesulfame K as sweeteners. The UK Coca-Cola Zero Sugar also includes enzymatically produced steviol glycosides - this Irish import version does not. Operators should check vending machine specifications for sleek can compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCoca-Cola Zero Sugar is the sugar-free cola designed to look and taste like Coca-Cola Original Taste - the same iconic Coke flavour with zero sugar and zero calories. Sweetened with aspartame and acesulfame K. The No. 1 cola-flavoured soft drink with vegetable extracts and sweeteners. Supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml none price-marked sleek cans imported from Ireland. Contact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVending machines configured for sleek can formats, workplace fridges, canteens, leisure venues and convenience retail. Coca-Cola Zero Sugar is one of the highest-demand zero sugar soft drinks in vending - strong brand recognition and a flavour profile that closely mirrors Original Taste make it a practical choice for operators who want to offer a sugar-free Coke option. Operators should verify sleek can dimensions against their vending machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoca-Cola Zero Sugar - 330ml sleek can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrish import - EU sleek can format (taller and slimmer than standard UK can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 24 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNone price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served chilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease recycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCarbonated Water, Colour (Caramel E150d), Acid (Phosphoric Acid), Sweeteners (Aspartame, Acesulfame K), Natural Flavourings Including Caffeine, Acidity Regulator (Sodium Citrate).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo declared allergens. Zero sugar and zero calories.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/strong\u003e (due to aspartame). Not suitable for those with phenylketonuria (PKU).\u003cbr\u003e\nContains caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between this Irish import Coca-Cola Zero Sugar and the standard UK version?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe volume (330ml) and zero sugar credentials are the same. Two differences: the can format is the EU sleek design (taller and slimmer than the standard UK can), and the sweetener blend differs - the Irish import uses aspartame and acesulfame K, while the UK version also includes enzymatically produced steviol glycosides. Both carry a phenylalanine declaration due to aspartame. Operators should check vending machine compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between Coca-Cola Zero Sugar and Diet Coke?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth are zero sugar, zero calorie Coke variants in sleek can format, none price-marked in a case of 24. Coca-Cola Zero Sugar is designed to taste closer to Coca-Cola Original Taste. Diet Coke has a lighter, crisper flavour profile with its own distinct loyal following. Both contain aspartame and carry a phenylalanine declaration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes this Coca-Cola Zero Sugar contain phenylalanine?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It contains aspartame, which is a source of phenylalanine. Not suitable for people with phenylketonuria (PKU).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the sleek cans compatible with standard UK vending machines?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSleek cans have different dimensions to standard UK cans. Compatibility depends on the specific vending machine model and its configuration. Operators should verify can dimensions against their machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre these cans price-marked?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. These Coca-Cola Zero Sugar sleek cans are none price-marked, giving vending operators and retailers full flexibility on their own pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many cans are in a case?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n24 x 330ml cans per case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Coca-Cola Zero Sugar sleek cans in bulk or on a pallet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Available in cases of 24 x 330ml sleek cans from Vending Superstore. For larger volume or palletised orders, please contact us directly for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Coca-Cola Zero Sugar 330ml sleek cans in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can buy Coca-Cola Zero Sugar 330ml Irish import sleek cans in cases of 24 directly from Vending Superstore. We supply vending operators, workplaces, canteens and trade buyers across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055675441486,"sku":"COC-002774","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/8e627544-7b33-44af-8085-604894455733.png?v=1782901186"},{"product_id":"tango-cherry-sugar-free-soft-drink-cans-330ml-pack-of-24","title":"Tango Cherry Zero'd Sugar Free - 330ml (Case of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTango Cherry Sugar Free is supplied as a case of 24 x 330ml cans, making it a practical choice for offices, vending operations and hospitality venues looking to offer a well-known sugar-free soft drink in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBold, tangy cherry flavour with no sugar, no artificial colours and no artificial flavours. Suitable for vegans and vegetarians. Contains sweeteners. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and convenience retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 24 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours or flavours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains sweeteners (aspartame, acesulfame K)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans and vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, colour (caramel E150d), sweeteners (aspartame, acesulfame K), flavourings (including caffeine), acids (phosphoric acid, citric acid), preservative (potassium sorbate).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine (aspartame).\u003c\/strong\u003e No other allergens declared. Free from artificial colours and flavours. Suitable for vegans and vegetarians. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 24 x 330ml cans of Tango Cherry Sugar Free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Tango Cherry Sugar Free really sugar free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it contains no sugar and less than 20 calories per 250ml serving. It is sweetened with aspartame and acesulfame K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial colours or flavours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — Tango Cherry Sugar Free is free from artificial colours and artificial flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain aspartame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it contains aspartame, which is a source of phenylalanine. This should be noted when serving or reselling to customers with PKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — Tango Cherry Sugar Free is suitable for both vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Tango Cherry Sugar Free by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Tango for vending, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in case quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tango","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055680782670,"sku":"TAN-002777","price":13.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/61yw6StL1VL._AC_SL1000.jpg?v=1781891568"},{"product_id":"fanta-orange-irish-import-330ml-sleek-cans-pack-of-24","title":"Fanta Orange - 330ml Sleek Cans Irish Import (Case of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFanta Orange - Irish Import Sleek Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml cans. None price-marked. A sparkling low calorie orange fruit drink with 8% orange juice from concentrate, 100% natural flavourings and natural colour from carotenes. EU sleek can format - taller and slimmer than the standard UK can. Irish import. \u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Can Format and Recipe Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis product is an Irish import and uses the EU sleek can design - a taller, slimmer 330ml can compared to the standard shorter UK Fanta Orange can. The Irish import recipe differs from the UK version in two key ways: it contains \u003cstrong\u003e8% orange juice from concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e (compared to 3.7% in the UK version) and contains \u003cstrong\u003easpartame\u003c\/strong\u003e as a sweetener, which carries a phenylalanine declaration. Operators should be aware of these differences and check vending machine specifications for sleek can compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFanta Orange is bright, bubbly and instantly refreshing - the world's most popular orange soft drink, introduced in 1940 and now the second oldest brand in The Coca-Cola Company portfolio. This Irish import version contains 8% orange juice from concentrate - more than double the juice content of the standard UK Fanta Orange - with 100% natural flavourings and natural colour from carotenes. Low calorie. Supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml none price-marked sleek cans. Contact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending machines configured for sleek can formats, workplace fridges, canteens, leisure venues and convenience retail. Operators should verify sleek can dimensions against their vending machine specifications before ordering. The higher juice content (8%) may be a useful selling point for operators who want to highlight a more premium orange drink credential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFanta Orange - 330ml sleek can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrish import - EU sleek can format (taller and slimmer than standard UK can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 24 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNone price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8% orange juice from concentrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% natural flavourings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural colour from carotenes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow calorie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease recycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbonated Water, Orange Juice From Concentrate (8%), Sugar, Acids (Citric Acid, Malic Acid), Stabilisers (Acacia Gum, Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate, Glycerol Ester Of Wood Rosin), Sweeteners (Acesulfame-K, Aspartame, Neohesperidine DC), Preservative (Potassium Sorbate), Acidity Regulator (Sodium Citrates), Natural Orange Flavourings With Other Natural Flavourings, Antioxidant (Ascorbic Acid), Colour (Carotenes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo declared allergens. Caffeine-free.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/strong\u003e (due to aspartame). Not suitable for those with phenylketonuria (PKU).\u003cbr\u003eContains sugar and sweeteners. Contains preservative (potassium sorbate).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between this Irish import Fanta Orange and the standard UK Fanta Orange?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo key recipe differences: the Irish import contains 8% orange juice from concentrate (the UK version contains 3.7%) and contains aspartame as a sweetener, which carries a phenylalanine declaration. The can format also differs - this is a taller, slimmer EU sleek can rather than the standard UK can. Operators should check vending machine compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes this Fanta Orange contain phenylalanine?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This Irish import Fanta Orange contains aspartame, which is a source of phenylalanine. It is not suitable for people with phenylketonuria (PKU). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the sleek cans compatible with standard UK vending machines?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSleek cans have different dimensions to standard UK cans. Compatibility depends on the specific vending machine model and its configuration. Operators should verify can dimensions against their machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs this Fanta Orange caffeine-free?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fanta Orange Irish import is caffeine-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre these cans price-marked?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These Fanta Orange sleek cans are none price-marked, giving vending operators and retailers full flexibility on their own pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many cans are in a case?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24 x 330ml cans per case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Fanta Orange sleek cans in bulk or on a pallet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Available in cases of 24 x 330ml sleek cans from Vending Superstore. For larger volume or palletised orders, please contact us directly for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Fanta Orange 330ml sleek cans in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can buy Fanta Orange 330ml Irish import sleek cans in cases of 24 directly from Vending Superstore. We supply vending operators, workplaces, canteens and trade buyers across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055680848206,"sku":"COC-002776","price":12.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/width3840_2.webp?v=1778658444"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-diet-coke-irish-import-330ml-sleek-cans-pack-of-24","title":"Diet Coke - 330ml Sleek Cans Irish Import (Case of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiet Coke - Irish Import Sleek Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml cans. None price-marked. No sugar, no calories (1 kcal per 330ml can). The same great Diet Coke in the EU sleek can format - taller and slimmer than the standard UK can design. Irish import. \u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant - Can Format Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is an Irish import and uses the EU sleek can design - a taller, slimmer 330ml can compared to the standard shorter UK can format. The volume (330ml) and recipe are the same as Diet Coke UK. Operators should check their vending machine specifications to confirm compatibility with the sleek can format before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDiet Coke has been the world's favourite light cola for over 40 years - a distinct product with its own loyal following. No sugar, just 1 kcal per 330ml can. Sweetened with aspartame and acesulfame K. Refreshing and great tasting with the same crisp, light flavour profile Diet Coke fans know and love. Supplied in a case of 24 x 330ml none price-marked sleek cans imported from Ireland. Contact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVending machines configured for sleek can formats, workplace fridges, canteens, leisure venues and convenience retail. Diet Coke has a distinct, loyal consumer base that specifically seeks it out - a reliable, high-demand soft drink for any vending or trade range. Operators should verify sleek can dimensions against their vending machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiet Coke - 330ml sleek can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrish import - EU sleek can format (taller and slimmer than standard UK can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 24 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNone price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo sugar - 1 kcal per 330ml can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame recipe as Diet Coke UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served chilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease recycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCarbonated Water, Colour (Caramel E150d), Sweeteners (Aspartame, Acesulfame K), Natural Flavourings Including Caffeine, Acids (Phosphoric Acid, Citric Acid).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo declared allergens. No sugar.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContains a source of phenylalanine\u003c\/strong\u003e (due to aspartame). Not suitable for those with phenylketonuria (PKU).\u003cbr\u003e\nContains caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between this product and standard Diet Coke UK cans?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe recipe and volume (330ml) are the same. The difference is the can format - this is an Irish import using the EU sleek can design, which is taller and slimmer than the standard UK can. Operators should check their vending machine specifications to confirm compatibility with the sleek can format before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre the sleek cans compatible with standard UK vending machines?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSleek cans have different dimensions to standard UK cans. Compatibility depends on the specific vending machine model and its configuration. Operators should verify can dimensions against their machine specifications before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes Diet Coke Irish Import contain phenylalanine?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Diet Coke contains aspartame, which is a source of phenylalanine. It is not suitable for people with phenylketonuria (PKU).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many calories are in a can?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1 kcal per 330ml can. No sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAre these cans price-marked?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. These Diet Coke sleek cans are none price-marked, giving vending operators and retailers full flexibility on their own pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many cans are in a case?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n24 x 330ml cans per case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Diet Coke sleek cans in bulk or on a pallet?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Available in cases of 24 x 330ml sleek cans from Vending Superstore. For larger volume or palletised orders, please contact us directly for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Diet Coke 330ml sleek cans in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can buy Diet Coke 330ml Irish import sleek cans in cases of 24 directly from Vending Superstore. We supply vending operators, workplaces, canteens and trade buyers across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055680880974,"sku":"COC-002775","price":12.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/dietcokesleek.png?v=1782901039"},{"product_id":"remedy-kombucha-wild-berry-250ml-cans-pack-of-12","title":"Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry - 250ml Cans (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemedy Kombucha Wild Berry\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a pack of 12 x 250ml cans. A naturally fermented, no-sugar kombucha drink bursting with strawberry, blackberry and blueberry flavour, with hibiscus tea, lemon juice and smooth caramel undertones. Brewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea and a live culture. 100% natural. No sugar. Chock-full of live cultures, organic acids and tea polyphenols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRemedy Kombucha Wild Berry is the wild child of the Remedy range - an all-natural blend of strawberry, blackberry and blueberry with hibiscus tea and lemon juice, finishing with smooth caramel undertones. Jammy, aromatic and genuinely refreshing. Remedy was founded in 2012 by Sarah and Emmet Condon, who started brewing kombucha on their kitchen bench and cracked a formula that is both genuinely better for you and genuinely tasty. Every batch is brewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea and a live SCOBY culture (Symbiotic Culture of Bacteria and Yeast). Raw organic sugar is used as a starter ingredient - food for the live cultures - and is fully converted into healthy organic acids during fermentation. The result is a kombucha with no sugar remaining, tested batch by batch to confirm it. Sweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol. 100% natural ingredients throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Refrigeration Required Until Opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRemedy Kombucha contains no sugar and the live cultures are stable and healthy throughout shelf life. No sugar means no risk of refermentation, so the cans can be stored ambient until opened. Best served chilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWorkplace wellness programmes, gyms, health-focused cafés, hotel minibars, leisure venues and any environment that wants to offer a premium, genuinely better-for-you soft drink. Remedy Kombucha is a strong alternative to standard soft drinks for operators who want to broaden their range with a no-sugar, live culture drink that has real credentials - not just a health claim on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemedy Kombucha Wild Berry - 250ml can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo sugar - all sugar converted during 30-day fermentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive cultures (SCOBY - Symbiotic Culture of Bacteria and Yeast)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrewed for 30 days using real organic black and green tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrawberry, blackberry and blueberry flavour with hibiscus tea and lemon juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth caramel and citrus undertones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage until opened - no refrigeration required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRaw Kombucha (Carbonated Water, Sugar*, Black Tea Leaves, Green Tea Leaves, Traditional Kombucha Culture), Flavour Enhancer: Erythritol, Hibiscus Tea, Lemon Juice, Natural Blueberry Flavouring, Natural Blackberry Flavouring, Natural Strawberry Flavouring, Natural Caramel Flavouring, Sweetener: Steviol Glycosides.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e*No sugar remains after Remedy's traditional long-aged fermentation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo declared allergens. 100% natural ingredients. Vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Directions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest served chilled. Can be stored ambient until opened - no refrigeration required. Once opened, refrigerate and consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry contain sugar?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Raw organic sugar is used as a starter ingredient during brewing - it acts as food for the live cultures. During Remedy's 30-day fermentation process, all of this sugar is converted into healthy organic acids. No sugar remains in the finished drink, and Remedy tests each batch to confirm this. The drink is sweetened with steviol glycosides and erythritol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a SCOBY?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSCOBY stands for Symbiotic Culture of Bacteria and Yeast - the live culture used to ferment the sweet tea during brewing. It is the source of the live cultures in Remedy Kombucha and is what makes kombucha a fermented drink rather than a standard soft drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDoes Remedy Kombucha need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo - Remedy Kombucha can be stored ambient until opened. Because it contains no sugar, there is no risk of refermentation. The live cultures are stable and healthy throughout shelf life. Best served chilled. Once opened, refrigerate and consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat flavours are in Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStrawberry, blackberry and blueberry, with hibiscus tea and lemon juice. The flavour profile finishes with smooth caramel and balancing citrus undertones - jammy and aromatic with a clean, refreshing finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs Remedy Kombucha vegan?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry contains no animal-derived ingredients and is vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Remedy Kombucha in bulk?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Available in a pack of 12 x 250ml cans from Vending Superstore. We supply workplaces, gyms, health cafés and hospitality businesses across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can buy Remedy Kombucha Wild Berry 250ml cans directly from Vending Superstore. We stock a range of wellness and better-for-you drinks for workplace, hospitality and retail use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Remedy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51055685271886,"sku":"REM-002778","price":16.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/71-8gkb4ETL._AC_SL1500_7d2374aa-3c48-4fa4-85d7-2672903e6b93.jpg?v=1779959684"},{"product_id":"bear-fruit-yoyos-mango-20g-box-of-18","title":"Bear Fruit Yoyos Mango - 20g (Box of 18)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing Bear Fruit Yoyos Mango - the ultimate fruity snack that will transport your taste buds to a tropical paradise! Each pack contains 18 delicious 20g yoyos made from 100% pure fruit, carefully selected at the peak of ripeness and gently baked to maintain their natural goodness.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBear Fruit Yoyos are all about keeping things simple and pure. That's why our Mango Yoyos contain no added sugar, sulphites, or stabilisers. We believe in letting the natural flavours shine through, so you can enjoy the authentic taste of real fruit without any artificial additives or preservatives. Rest assured, our yoyos are never made from concentrate, guaranteeing a truly delightful snacking experience.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndulge in the mouthwatering combination of apples, pears, and luscious mango with every bite. The sweet and tangy mango flavor adds a burst of tropical goodness that will leave you craving more. Not only are these yoyos incredibly delicious, but they are also packed with fiber, making them a wholesome choice to keep you feeling satisfied and energized throughout the day.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBear Fruit Yoyos Mango not only satisfy your taste buds, but they also contribute to your daily fruit intake. Each yoyo counts as 1 of your 5 a day, making them a convenient and nutritious addition to your lunchbox or a quick snack when you're on the move.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo make snacking even more exciting, every pack of Bear Fruit Yoyos Mango includes a grrreat collectible fact card. Discover fascinating information and fun facts while enjoying the delightful fruity goodness. Snack time becomes a fun and educational experience!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhether you're a mango lover seeking a healthy and convenient snack or simply looking for a delicious burst of flavour on the go, Bear Fruit Yoyos Mango is the perfect choice. Experience the joy of pure fruit goodness in every roll. Grab a pack today and let the snacking adventure begin!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BEAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51070663131470,"sku":"BEA-001866","price":10.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/711EfRpPmXL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1782468497"},{"product_id":"bear-fruit-yoyos-strawberry-20g-box-of-18","title":"Bear Fruit Yoyos Strawberry - 20g (Box of 18)","description":"Introducing Bear Fruit Yoyos Strawberry - the perfect fruity snack for everyone on the go! Each pack contains 18 delicious 20g yoyos made from 100% pure fruit, picked at the peak of freshness and gently baked to preserve their natural goodness.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eWith Bear Fruit Yoyos, you can enjoy a guilt-free snack that is free from added sugar, sulphites, and stabilizers. We believe in keeping things simple and pure, so you can trust that our yoyos contain no artificial additives or preservatives. They are never made from concentrate, ensuring you get the authentic taste of real fruit in every bite.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThese delightful Strawberry Yoyos are bursting with flavor, thanks to the combination of apples, pears, and juicy strawberries. The natural sweetness of the fruit shines through, making it a delightful treat for both kids and adults alike. The yoyos are carefully crafted to be packed full of fiber, making them a wholesome choice that keeps you feeling satisfied.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eNot only are Bear Fruit Yoyos a tasty snack, but they also contribute to your daily fruit intake. Each yoyo counts as 1 of your 5 a day, making them an ideal addition to lunchboxes, a quick bite between meetings, or a delicious on-the-go snack during outdoor adventures.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTo add to the excitement, every pack of Bear Fruit Yoyos includes a collectible fact card. Discover fascinating information and fun facts while you enjoy the delightful fruity goodness. Snack time has never been this educational and delicious!\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eWhether you're a busy parent looking for a healthy snack for your little ones or an individual with a passion for natural, flavorful treats, Bear Fruit Yoyos Strawberry are the perfect choice. Experience the joy of pure fruit goodness with every bite. Grab a pack today and roll on snack time!\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e","brand":"BEAR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51070667882830,"sku":"BEA-001863","price":10.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/41ptp8eh3NL._AC_307f946d-aa63-4d06-8269-ea05b2f2e4ad.jpg?v=1784017950"},{"product_id":"nobbys-nuts-sweet-chilli-coated-peanuts-40g-box-of-20","title":"Nobby's Nuts Sweet Chilli Coated Peanuts 40g - Box of 20","description":"\u003cp\u003eNobby’s Nuts Sweet Chilli Coated Peanuts 40g are supplied as a full box of 20 individual bags — a convenient bulk format for vending machines, workplace snack stations, hospitality and catering. Crunchy coated peanuts with a bold sweet chilli seasoning, featuring red pepper, ginger, garlic and onion for a satisfying spicy kick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNobby’s Nuts are one of the UK’s best-known pub and snack bar nut brands. Their Sweet Chilli Coated Peanuts are whole peanuts (49%) encased in a crunchy wheat starch coating and seasoned with a sweet chilli blend including red pepper powder, dried ginger, garlic and onion. A consistently popular impulse snack across vending, pub trade and catering. Supplied as a box of 20 x 40g bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVending machine operators, pub and bar trade, workplace snack stations, hospitality and catering buyers, and anyone stocking a reliable, high-demand coated nut line in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Nobby’s Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavour: Sweet Chilli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormat: Coated peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack size: Box of 20 x 40g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e49% peanut content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans and vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice marked: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e (49%), Starch (from \u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e), Sunflower Oil, Sugar, Sweet Chilli Seasoning [Flavourings (contain Onion Powder, Garlic Powder, Red Pepper Powder, Dried Ginger, Black Pepper), Salt, Sugar, Flavour Enhancers (Monosodium Glutamate, Disodium Guanylate, Disodium Inosinate), Acidity Regulator (Citric Acid), Colour (Paprika Extract)], Salt, Potassium Chloride, Colours (Beetroot Red, Curcumin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains: \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\nFor allergens, see ingredients in bold. Check product packaging for the most up-to-date may-contain information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Suitability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans and vegetarians. Contains wheat — not suitable for those with a gluten intolerance or coeliac disease. Contains peanuts — not suitable for those with a nut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best before date printed on packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nobby’s Nuts Sweet Chilli Coated Peanuts suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. No animal-derived ingredients are listed — suitable for both vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nobby’s Nuts Sweet Chilli Coated Peanuts gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. They contain wheat starch and are not suitable for those with a gluten intolerance or coeliac disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Nobby’s Nuts Sweet Chilli contain peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Peanuts are the primary ingredient at 49%. Not suitable for those with a peanut or nut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nobby’s Nuts Sweet Chilli in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Here at Vending Superstore we supply them as a full box of 20 x 40g bags, ideal for vending, pub trade and catering use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nobby's Nuts","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51074173141326,"sku":"NOB-000189","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/81Te6P0JF6L._AC_SL1500_5d644240-f3ec-4aaa-80b7-ff1400c07b85.jpg?v=1783258420"},{"product_id":"nobbys-nuts-classic-salted-peanuts-50g-box-of-24","title":"Nobby's Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts 50g - Box of 24","description":"\u003cp\u003eNobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts 50g are supplied as a full box of 24 individual bags — a convenient bulk format for vending machines, pub and bar trade, workplace snack stations, hospitality and catering. The original no-nonsense salted peanut — fried in sunflower oil and seasoned with salt. Suitable for vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNobby’s Nuts are one of the UK’s best-known pub and snack bar nut brands. Their Classic Salted Peanuts keep it simple — fried peanuts, sunflower oil and salt. Nothing else. A consistently high-demand impulse snack across vending, pub trade and catering. Supplied as a box of 24 x 50g bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVending machine operators, pub and bar trade, workplace snack stations, hospitality and catering buyers, and anyone stocking a reliable, high-demand salted nut line in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Nobby’s Nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavour: Classic Salted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormat: Fried peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack size: Box of 24 x 50g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJust three ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans and vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice marked: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFried \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e, Sunflower Oil, Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains: \u003cstrong\u003ePeanuts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\nMay also contain: Hazelnuts, Mustard.\u003cbr\u003e\nFor allergens, see ingredients in bold. Check product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Suitability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegans and vegetarians. Contains peanuts — not suitable for those with a peanut or nut allergy. May contain hazelnuts and mustard — check product packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best before date printed on packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. They contain just peanuts, sunflower oil and salt — suitable for both vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. Check product packaging for may-contain information before serving to those with a gluten intolerance or coeliac disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Nobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Peanuts are the primary ingredient. Not suitable for those with a peanut or nut allergy. May also contain hazelnuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients in Nobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nJust three: Fried Peanuts, Sunflower Oil, Salt. Nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nobby’s Nuts Classic Salted Peanuts in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Here at Vending Superstore we supply them as a full box of 24 x 50g bags, ideal for vending, pub trade and catering use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nobby's Nuts","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51074173206862,"sku":"NOB-000188","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/810WMQ6DBrL._AC_SL1500_1411d73d-0e3a-4b88-b703-1116d09abd55.jpg?v=1784534774"},{"product_id":"burtons-fish-n-chips-salt-vinegar-grab-bag-40g-box-of-30","title":"Burtons Fish 'N' Chips Salt \u0026 Vinegar Grab Bag 40g - Box of 30","description":"\u003cp\u003eBurtons Fish 'N' Chips Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar — the retro baked snack biscuit originally from the 80s, back and better than ever. Mini fish and chip-shaped biscuits packed with punchy salt \u0026amp; vinegar flavour. No artificial colours, sweeteners or hydrogenated fats. Non-GM ingredients. Supplied as a box of 30 × 40g grab bags, ideal for vending machines, workplace snack points, hospitality and convenience retail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 × 40g grab bags per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMini baked snack biscuits in fish and chip shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours, sweeteners or hydrogenated fats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-GM ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Burton's Biscuit Company — a retro British favourite since the 80s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office snack points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality, pub and bar snack displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenience retail and impulse displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNostalgic and retro snacking occasions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIconic fish and chip shapes — a much-loved retro British snack brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePunchy salt \u0026amp; vinegar flavour — bold and eye-watering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBaked, not fried\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours, sweeteners or hydrogenated fats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-GM ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 40g grab bags per box — ideal for display and grab-and-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e Flour (with Calcium Carbonate, Iron, Niacin, Thiamin), Vegetable Oils (Rapeseed, Palm, Coconut), Glucose Syrup, \u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e Starch, Raising Agents (Ammonium Bicarbonate, Sodium Bicarbonate), Sugar, Whey or Whey Derivatives (\u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e), Lactose (\u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e), \u003cstrong\u003eBarley\u003c\/strong\u003e \u0026amp; Malt Extract, Salt, Whey Powder (\u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e), Flavourings, Flavour Enhancers (E621, E627, E631), Salt Replacer (Potassium Chloride), Acid (Citric Acid), Maltodextrin (\u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e), Preservative (Sodium \u003cstrong\u003eMetabisulphite\u003c\/strong\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains: \u003cstrong\u003eWheat\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eBarley\u003c\/strong\u003e (gluten source), \u003cstrong\u003eSulphites\u003c\/strong\u003e. For the most up-to-date allergen information, always refer to the product packaging before use, as recipes and manufacturing processes may change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Suitability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vegetarians. Contains milk — \u003cstrong\u003enot suitable for vegans\u003c\/strong\u003e. Contains wheat and barley — \u003cstrong\u003enot gluten free\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Burtons Fish 'N' Chips Salt \u0026amp; Vinegar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMini baked snack biscuits in iconic fish and chip shapes, packed with punchy salt \u0026amp; vinegar flavour. A retro British favourite originally from the 80s. Available here as a box of 30 × 40g grab bags for trade and bulk buyers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Burtons Fish 'N' Chips suitable for vegetarians?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — suitable for vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Burtons Fish 'N' Chips vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — the product contains milk and is not suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Burtons Fish 'N' Chips gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — the product contains wheat and barley and is not gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Burtons Fish 'N' Chips contain artificial colours or sweeteners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — no artificial colours, sweeteners or hydrogenated fats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Burtons Fish 'N' Chips in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — this listing is for a box of 30 × 40g grab bags, available to order directly here at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Burton's Biscuit Company","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51074179727694,"sku":"BUR-002752","price":14.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/Fish-n-Chips-Salt-Vinegar.png?v=1778237047"},{"product_id":"milky-way-nougat-milk-chocolate-twin-pack-snack-bar-43g-box-of-28","title":"Milky Way Nougat \u0026 Milk Chocolate Twin Pack Snack Bar 43g (Box of 28)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMilky Way Nougat \u0026amp; Milk Chocolate Twin Pack Snack Bars supplied in a box of 28 individually wrapped 43g twin packs\u003c\/strong\u003e – ideal for vending machines, workplace refreshment, hospitality, catering and trade customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach twin pack contains two Milky Way bars – light, lightly whipped nougat (60%) coated in smooth milk chocolate (39%). The combination of airy nougat and creamy milk chocolate has made Milky Way one of the most recognisable lighter chocolate bars in the UK. The twin pack format offers two bars per pack, making it a strong value proposition for vending and impulse purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilky Way is a classic milk chocolate bar with a lightly whipped nougat centre, made by Mars. First created in 1923, the bar was designed to capture the taste of malted milk shakes and has been a British favourite for decades. The milk chocolate contains a minimum of 14% milk solids. Supplied in a box of 28 individually wrapped 43g twin packs, it's a reliable and well-loved confectionery line for vending operators, hospitality buyers and trade customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine operators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, cafés and hospitality venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering suppliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade and wholesale buyers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 28 individually wrapped 43g twin packs (2 bars per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight, lightly whipped nougat centre (60%) coated in milk chocolate (39%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilk chocolate contains minimum 14% milk solids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mars brand first created in 1923\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin pack format – two bars per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong shelf life for stock rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, glucose syrup, skimmed MILK powder, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, sunflower oil, palm fat, whey permeate (MILK), MILK fat, BARLEY malt extract, salt, emulsifier (SOYA lecithin), EGG white powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilk chocolate contains milk solids 14% minimum and vegetable fats in addition to cocoa butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContains:\u003c\/strong\u003e Barley, Gluten, Egg, Milk and Soya\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMay contain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Almonds, Brazil nut, cashew nut, hazelnut, macadamia\/Queensland nut, peanuts, pecan nut, pistachio and walnut\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens are shown in bold in the ingredients list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Suitability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains barley, gluten, egg, milk and soya\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay contain nuts and peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for vegans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck packaging for vegetarian and halal certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. For best quality, keep at temperatures below 20°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43g (2 bars per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Box of 28 twin packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal box weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk chocolate content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNougat content:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilk solids:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14% minimum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirst created:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1923\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Milky Way bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMilky Way is a classic milk chocolate bar with a lightly whipped nougat centre, made by Mars. First created in 1923, each 43g twin pack contains two bars – light nougat (60%) coated in smooth milk chocolate (39%). The milk chocolate contains a minimum of 14% milk solids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the Milky Way ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMilky Way contains: sugar, glucose syrup, skimmed MILK powder, cocoa butter, cocoa mass, sunflower oil, palm fat, whey permeate (MILK), MILK fat, BARLEY malt extract, salt, emulsifier (SOYA lecithin), and EGG white powder. See the full ingredients list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the Milky Way chocolate contents?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMilky Way features a lightly whipped nougat centre (60%) coated in smooth milk chocolate (39%). The milk chocolate contains a minimum of 14% milk solids. Each 43g twin pack contains two individually wrapped bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milky Way gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo, Milky Way is not gluten free. It contains barley malt extract and gluten as ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Milky Way contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMilky Way does not contain nuts as an ingredient, but it may contain traces of various nuts (almonds, Brazil nut, cashew nut, hazelnut, macadamia, peanuts, pecan nut, pistachio and walnut) due to manufacturing processes. Check the packaging for allergen warnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milky Way halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPlease check the current product packaging for halal certification, as formulations and certifications may vary by production batch and region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Milky Way vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo, Milky Way is not vegan as it contains milk, egg white powder and other dairy ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Milky Way bars in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, this product is supplied in a box of 28 individually wrapped 43g twin packs, making it ideal for bulk buying, vending, workplace refreshment and trade customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy wholesale Milky Way bars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can order wholesale Milky Way Twin Pack bars here at Vending Superstore. We supply boxes of 28 packs to vending operators, offices, hospitality venues and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mars","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51075139502414,"sku":"MAR-002781","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/5900951020940_2c7b1934-7d16-4111-928b-8e4b991af813.jpg?v=1781974795"},{"product_id":"canderel-sucralose-dispensers-tab-300-individually-wrapped-sachets","title":"Canderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets – 300 Dispenser Tab Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eCanderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets are convenient individually wrapped sucralose-based sweetener portions, supplied in a dispenser tab of 300 sachets. Convenient, hygienic and deliciously sweet — a lower calorie alternative to sugar for tea, coffee and hot drink service in offices, cafés, hotels, catering setups and hospitality trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSucralose-based and aspartame-free. The dispenser tab format makes it easy to present and serve sachets at drink stations, on counters and in hospitality settings. Please note: this product contains milk (lactose from milk) — refer to the allergen information below before serving in a catering or food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCanderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets are individually wrapped sucralose-based sweetener portions, supplied in a dispenser tab of 300 sachets. Sucralose-based. Aspartame-free. Contains milk. Lower calorie alternative to sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens, meeting rooms and workplace coffee stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConference rooms and corporate catering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and guest room hospitality trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB\u0026amp;Bs, guest houses and serviced accommodation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops — counter and table service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and dining venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalorie-conscious and lower-sugar drink menus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-serve drink stations and vending areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCanderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets — 300 individually wrapped sachets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispenser tab format — easy to present and serve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSucralose-based sweetener — aspartame-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower calorie alternative to sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped — hygienic and convenient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for tea, coffee and hot drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLactose (from Milk), Sweetener: Sucralose (5.84%), Stabilisers: Microcrystalline Cellulose, Cross-Linked Sodium Carboxy Methyl Cellulose, Flavourings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains: \u003cstrong\u003eMilk\u003c\/strong\u003e (lactose from milk). Please refer to the product packaging for full allergen, ingredient and dietary details before serving in a catering or food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this sweetener contain milk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Canderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets contain lactose from milk. Always refer to the product packaging for full allergen information before serving in a catering or food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product aspartame-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Canderel Sucralose Sweetener Sachets are sucralose-based and aspartame-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the dispenser tab format?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sachets are supplied in a dispenser tab of 300 individually wrapped portions, making them easy to present and serve at drink stations, counters and hospitality trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre sweetener sticks also available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Canderel Original Sweetener Sticks (aspartame-based) and Canderel Yellow Sucralose Sweetener Sticks are also available at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre sugar sticks and sachets also available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Silverspoon White Sugar Sticks, Silverspoon White Sugar Sachets, Billington's Demerara Sugar Sticks and Billington's Demerara Sugar Sachets are all available at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Canderel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51076215210318,"sku":"POR-002786","price":6.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/canderel.png?v=1782492227"},{"product_id":"don-simon-sparkling-lemonade-with-strawberry-330ml-pack-of-12","title":"Don Simon Sparkling Strawberry Lemonade - 330ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon Simon Sparkling Strawberry Lemonade is supplied as a pack of 12 x 330ml cans, making it a convenient option for offices, hospitality venues and catering operations looking to offer a light, fruit-flavoured soft drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade with real lemon juice (7%) and strawberry puree (1%), lightly carbonated and containing just 18 calories per can. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and deli counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJust 18 calories per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real lemon juice (7%) and strawberry puree (1%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightly carbonated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, lemon juice (7%), sugar, strawberry puree (1%), acidity regulator: citric acid, sweetener: sucralose, flavouring, anthocyanin colour (E163).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 330ml cans of Don Simon Sparkling Strawberry Lemonade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbonated water, lemon juice (7%), sugar, strawberry puree (1%), citric acid, sucralose, flavouring and anthocyanin colour (E163).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many calories are in each can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJust 18 calories per 330ml can, making it a light option for workplace and hospitality drinks ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Don Simon Sparkling Strawberry Lemonade by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Don Simon cans for trade, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Don Simon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51082869506382,"sku":"DON-002791","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/DinSimonlemon_raspberry.jpg?v=1783345755"},{"product_id":"don-simon-sparkling-lemonade-with-lime-330ml-pack-of-12","title":"Don Simon Sparkling Lemon \u0026 Lime - 330ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon Simon Sparkling Lemon \u0026amp; Lime is supplied as a pack of 12 x 330ml cans, making it a practical choice for offices, hospitality venues and catering operations looking to offer a clean, citrus soft drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade with real lemon and lime juices (10%), lightly carbonated and price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and deli counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real lemon and lime juices (10%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightly carbonated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, lemon and lime juices (10%), sugar, acidity regulator: citric acid, antioxidant: ascorbic acid, flavourings, fruit and vegetable extracts, sweetener: sucralose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 330ml cans of Don Simon Sparkling Lemon \u0026amp; Lime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbonated water, lemon and lime juices (10%), sugar, citric acid, ascorbic acid, flavourings, fruit and vegetable extracts and sucralose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Don Simon Sparkling Lemon \u0026amp; Lime by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Don Simon cans for trade, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Don Simon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51082869539150,"sku":"DON-002789","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/DonSimonlemon_lime.jpg?v=1779890168"},{"product_id":"don-simon-sparkling-lemonade-with-raspberry-330ml-pack-of-12","title":"Don Simon Sparkling Raspberry Lemonade - 330ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon Simon Sparkling Raspberry Lemonade is supplied as a pack of 12 x 330ml cans, making it a practical choice for offices, hospitality venues and catering operations looking to offer a light, fruit-flavoured soft drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade with real lemon juice (10%) and raspberry puree (0.5%), lightly carbonated and price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and deli counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real lemon juice (10%) and raspberry puree (0.5%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightly carbonated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, lemon juice (10%), sugar, raspberry puree (0.5%), sweetener: sucralose, flavouring, colouring: E133.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served chilled. Best before: see base of can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 330ml cans of Don Simon Sparkling Raspberry Lemonade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbonated water, lemon juice (10%), sugar, raspberry puree (0.5%), sucralose, flavouring and colouring E133.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Don Simon Sparkling Raspberry Lemonade by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Don Simon cans for trade, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Don Simon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51082869571918,"sku":"DON-002790","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/DonSimonlemon_raspberry_16c1446f-bf26-47a9-a2fd-a3579f457e12.jpg?v=1783509881"},{"product_id":"takeaway-soup-pot-lids-for-16oz-pack-of-25","title":"Kraft Soup Pot Lids for 16oz - Pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003eGo-Deli kraft soup pot lids supplied in a pack of 25. Designed to fit Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots, these lids provide a secure, vented fit to retain heat and prevent spills during transport and service. Part of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range from Go-Pak. Soup pots are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe vented design allows steam to escape, reducing pressure build-up with hot food portions while keeping contents contained. The kraft construction is recyclable and gives a consistent natural look that matches the Go-Deli soup pot range. The pack of 25 suits operations that need a practical supply of lids alongside their 16oz soup pot stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-Deli soup pot lids are the companion lid for the 16oz size in the Go-Deli kraft soup pot range. The secure fit keeps food contained during service and transport, while the vented design manages steam from hot food portions. Particularly useful for cafés, takeaways, street food vendors and event caterers serving generous soups, stews, porridge and sauces in 16oz individual portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for sealing large takeaway soups, generous porridge pots and hot food-to-go portions in 16oz pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for sealing large soups, stews, curries and sauces for collection and short-distance delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor catering where sealed generous hot portions are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for soup service, stew portions and temporary food service where larger individual sealed portions are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for larger pre-packed soup portions, hot meals and food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast porridge, soup service and guest food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 25 Go-Deli kraft soup pot lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure-fitting vented design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains heat and prevents spills during transport and service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoup pots sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak (Go-Deli range)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-002796\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lids are recyclable. Disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep lids in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich soup pots do these lids fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lids are designed to fit Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots. The 16oz pot is available separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these lids fit the 8oz or 12oz pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These lids are designed specifically for the 16oz Go-Deli soup pot. Separate lids are available for the 8oz and 12oz pots — see the Go-Deli 8oz\/12oz soup pot lid listing on Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lids are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 25 Go-Deli kraft soup pot lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the soup pots included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Soup pots are sold separately. The Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pot is available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids vented?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The vented design allows steam to escape from hot food portions, reducing pressure build-up while keeping contents contained during transport and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These lids are recyclable. Disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Go-Deli 16oz soup pot lids in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli soup pot lids and the full range of Go-Deli kraft soup pots, along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087818031438,"sku":"OWN-002796","price":1.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/d46023_1.webp?v=1782468341"},{"product_id":"takeaway-soup-pot-lids-for-8oz-or-12oz-pack-of-25","title":"Kraft Soup Pot Lids for 8oz and 12oz - Pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003eGo-Deli kraft soup pot lids supplied in a pack of 25. Designed to fit Go-Deli 8oz and 12oz kraft soup pots, these lids provide a secure, vented fit to retain heat and prevent spills during transport and service. Part of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range from Go-Pak. Soup pots are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe vented design allows steam to escape, reducing pressure build-up with hot food portions while keeping contents contained. The kraft construction is recyclable and gives a consistent natural look that matches the Go-Deli soup pot range. The pack of 25 suits operations that need a practical supply of lids alongside their soup pot stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-Deli soup pot lids are the companion lid for the 8oz and 12oz sizes in the Go-Deli kraft soup pot range. The secure fit keeps food contained during service and transport, while the vented design manages steam from hot food portions. Particularly useful for cafés, takeaways, street food vendors and event caterers serving soups, porridge, stews and sauces in individual portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for sealing takeaway soups, porridge pots and hot food-to-go portions in 8oz and 12oz pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for sealing soups, stews, curries and sauces for collection and short-distance delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor catering where sealed hot portions are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for soup service, porridge stations and temporary food service where individual sealed portions are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for pre-packed soup portions, hot snacks and food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast porridge, soup service and guest food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 25 Go-Deli kraft soup pot lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Go-Deli 8oz and 12oz kraft soup pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure-fitting vented design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains heat and prevents spills during transport and service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoup pots sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak (Go-Deli range)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-002797\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lids are recyclable. Disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep lids in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich soup pots do these lids fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lids are designed to fit Go-Deli 8oz and 12oz kraft soup pots. Both pot sizes are available separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these lids fit the 16oz pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These lids are designed for the 8oz and 12oz Go-Deli soup pots. A separate lid is available for the 16oz pot — see the Go-Deli 16oz soup pot lid listing on Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lids are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 25 Go-Deli kraft soup pot lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the soup pots included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Soup pots are sold separately. Go-Deli 8oz and 12oz kraft soup pots are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids vented?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The vented design allows steam to escape from hot food portions, reducing pressure build-up while keeping contents contained during transport and service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These lids are recyclable. Disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Go-Deli soup pot lids in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli soup pot lids and the full range of Go-Deli kraft soup pots, along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087818064206,"sku":"OWN-002797","price":1.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/d46022_1.webp?v=1782467962"},{"product_id":"takeaway-soup-pots-16oz-ideal-for-soups-porridges-sauces-pack-of-25","title":"16oz Kraft Premium Soup Pot - Pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003eGo-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots supplied in a pack of 25. Part of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range from Go-Pak, these pots are made from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard — durable, microwave safe and recyclable. Suitable for a wide range of hot and cold foods, from soups and stews to porridge, sauces and ice cream. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP lining provides excellent moisture resistance, keeping the pot structurally sound with hot liquids and wet food portions. The natural kraft finish gives a clean, practical look that suits cafés, delis, takeaways, food trucks and event catering setups. The 16oz is the largest size in the Go-Deli range, well suited to generous soup portions, large stews, meal-sized servings and high-volume catering where a bigger container is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-Deli 16oz soup pots are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, durable container for larger hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PP-lined kraft construction delivers excellent performance with hot liquids and wet foods, and the microwave-safe design adds flexibility for reheating. Available in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes to suit a range of portion requirements. Lids sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for large takeaway soups, generous porridge pots, stews and hot food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for large soups, stews, curries, sauces and substantial hot portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor catering where generous hot food portions are served\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for soup service, stew portions, large sauce servings and temporary food service at high-volume events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce cream and dessert counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PP lining makes these pots suitable for larger cold portions including ice cream and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for larger soup portions, hot meal servings and pre-packed food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast porridge, soup service, buffet portions and guest food-to-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 25 Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtremely durable — heavy-duty construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak (Go-Deli range)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-002795\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep pots in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these soup pots used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese pots are used for serving soups, stews, porridge, curries, sauces, ice cream and other hot or cold food-to-go portions. The 16oz size is well suited to generous portions and high-volume catering where a larger container is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 16oz size compare to the 8oz and 12oz?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 16oz is the largest size in the Go-Deli range, best suited to generous soup portions, large stews and meal-sized servings. The 12oz suits standard portions and the 8oz suits smaller servings. All three sizes are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pots are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 25 Go-Deli 16oz kraft soup pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PP-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePP-lined means the inside of the pot has a polypropylene coating. This adds moisture resistance and makes the pot suitable for hot liquids and wet food portions without compromising structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots microwave safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These Go-Deli kraft soup pots are microwave safe, adding flexibility for reheating food before service or for customers reheating at home or in the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy kraft soup pots in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli kraft soup pots and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087818162510,"sku":"OWN-002795","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/d45024_1_1087ee07-e6cc-4db7-9fcc-60402766856a.webp?v=1782467121"},{"product_id":"takeaway-soup-pots-12oz-ideal-for-soups-porridges-sauces-pack-of-50","title":"12oz Kraft Premium Soup Pot - Pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003eGo-Deli 12oz kraft soup pots supplied in a pack of 25. Part of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range from Go-Pak, these pots are made from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard — durable, microwave safe and recyclable. Suitable for a wide range of hot and cold foods, from soups and porridge to stews, sauces and ice cream. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP lining provides excellent moisture resistance, keeping the pot structurally sound with hot liquids and wet food portions. The natural kraft finish gives a clean, practical look that suits cafés, delis, takeaways, food trucks and event catering setups. The 12oz size is a versatile mid-range option, well suited to standard soup portions, larger porridge pots, stews and generous sauce servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-Deli 12oz soup pots are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, durable container for hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PP-lined kraft construction delivers excellent performance with hot liquids and wet foods, and the microwave-safe design adds flexibility for reheating. Available in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes to suit a range of portion requirements. Lids sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for takeaway soups, porridge pots, stews and hot food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for soups, stews, curries, sauces and hot side portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor catering where hot food is served in individual portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for soup service, porridge stations, sauce portions and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce cream and dessert counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PP lining makes these pots suitable for cold portions including ice cream and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for individual soup portions, hot snacks and pre-packed food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast porridge, soup service, buffet portions and guest food-to-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 25 Go-Deli 12oz kraft soup pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtremely durable — heavy-duty construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak (Go-Deli range)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-002794\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep pots in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these soup pots used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese pots are used for serving soups, porridge, stews, curries, sauces, ice cream and other hot or cold food-to-go portions. They are well suited to cafés, takeaways, street food vendors, events and workplace catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 12oz size compare to the 8oz and 16oz?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 12oz is the mid-range size, well suited to standard soup portions, larger porridge pots and generous sauce servings. The 8oz suits smaller portions and the 16oz suits larger meal-sized servings. All three sizes are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pots are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 25 Go-Deli 12oz kraft soup pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PP-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePP-lined means the inside of the pot has a polypropylene coating. This adds moisture resistance and makes the pot suitable for hot liquids and wet food portions without compromising structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots microwave safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These Go-Deli kraft soup pots are microwave safe, adding flexibility for reheating food before service or for customers reheating at home or in the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy kraft soup pots in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli kraft soup pots and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087818326350,"sku":"OWN-002794","price":1.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D45023_1_8e32401a-0ade-44c7-8fcf-09cc14630332.webp?v=1782829427"},{"product_id":"takeaway-soup-pots-8oz-ideal-for-soups-porridges-sauces-pack-of-50","title":"8oz Kraft Premium Soup Pot - Pack of 25","description":"\u003cp\u003eGo-Deli 8oz kraft soup pots supplied in a pack of 25. Part of the Go-Deli heavy-duty soup cup range from Go-Pak, these pots are made from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard — durable, microwave safe and recyclable. Suitable for a wide range of hot and cold foods, from soups and porridge to sauces, stews and ice cream. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PP lining provides excellent moisture resistance, keeping the pot structurally sound with hot liquids and wet food portions. The natural kraft finish gives a clean, practical look that suits cafés, delis, takeaways, food trucks and event catering setups. The 8oz size is well suited to single-portion soups, porridge pots, sauce portions and smaller hot food servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-Deli 8oz soup pots are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, durable container for hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PP-lined kraft construction delivers excellent performance with hot liquids and wet foods, and the microwave-safe design adds flexibility for reheating. Available in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes to suit a range of portion requirements. Lids sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for takeaway soups, porridge pots, sauces and hot food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for soups, stews, curries, sauces and hot side portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor catering where hot food is served in individual portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for soup service, porridge stations, sauce portions and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce cream and dessert counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PP lining makes these pots suitable for cold portions including ice cream and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for individual soup portions, hot snacks and pre-packed food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast porridge, soup service, buffet portions and guest food-to-go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 25 Go-Deli 8oz kraft soup pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PP-lined natural kraft paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtremely durable — heavy-duty construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak (Go-Deli range)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-002793\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep pots in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these soup pots used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese pots are used for serving soups, porridge, stews, curries, sauces, ice cream and other hot or cold food-to-go portions. They are well suited to cafés, takeaways, street food vendors, events and workplace catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pots are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 25 Go-Deli 8oz kraft soup pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PP-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePP-lined means the inside of the pot has a polypropylene coating. This adds moisture resistance and makes the pot suitable for hot liquids and wet food portions without compromising structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots microwave safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These Go-Deli kraft soup pots are microwave safe, adding flexibility for reheating food before service or for customers reheating at home or in the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Secure-fitting vented kraft and PP lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots suitable for cold food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These pots are suitable for both hot and cold food, including ice cream, desserts and cold sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These pots are made from natural kraft paperboard and are recyclable. The PP lining may affect recyclability depending on local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese pots are available in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes. All sizes are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy kraft soup pots in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli kraft soup pots and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087818490190,"sku":"OWN-002793","price":1.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D45022_1_62a1bede-4fbf-49e8-a7ae-4b4b3d9969f4.webp?v=1782828886"},{"product_id":"edenware-rectangular-kraft-deli-salad-food-takeaway-bowl-500ml-cardboard-pack-of-50","title":"500ml Rectangular Kraft Deli Bowls - Pack of 50","description":"\u003cp\u003eRectangular kraft deli bowls supplied in a pack of 50. With a 500ml capacity and dimensions of 169 x 124.5 x 47mm, these bowls are made from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board, making them suitable for both hot and cold food — including salads, sides, dips, soups, rice portions and smaller deli servings. The PE lining adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter or saucier food portions. Compatible lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural kraft finish gives a clean, contemporary look that suits cafés, delis, street food vendors, food trucks and event catering setups. The rectangular format is practical for portioning and stacking, and the 500ml capacity suits sides, snack portions, dips and smaller food-to-go servings where the 750ml or 1000ml bowl would be oversized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rectangular kraft deli bowls are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, presentable bowl for smaller hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PE-lined construction makes them more suitable for wetter dishes than unlined kraft alternatives, and the 500ml capacity suits sides, snack bowls, dips, soups and lighter portions. The pack of 50 suits operations that need a practical supply for busy service — from cafés and takeaways to street food vendors, festivals and event caterers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and delis\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for sides, smaller salads, dips, soups, snack portions and food-to-go counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and food-to-go outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for side portions, rice sides, noodle sides, sauces, dips and smaller meal accompaniments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals, carnivals and casual outdoor food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for buffet sides, dips, condiments, snack portions and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for tasters, sample portions, snack bowls and grab-and-go displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for side portions, snacks, dips and smaller pre-packed food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 500ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 169 x 124.5 x 47mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lining adds moisture resistance for wetter food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible lids sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002798\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bowls are made from natural kraft sustainable board with a PE lining. The PE lining may affect recyclability and compostability — disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities. Check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep bowls in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these rectangular kraft deli bowls used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls are used for serving sides, salads, dips, soups, snack portions and smaller hot and cold food-to-go servings. They are well suited to cafés, takeaways, street food vendors, food delivery and event catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 500ml size compare to the 750ml and 1000ml?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 500ml bowl is the smallest in the rectangular range, best suited to sides, snack bowls, dips and smaller portions. The 750ml suits lighter meal portions and the 1000ml suits full meal servings. All three sizes are available separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bowls are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls have a 500ml capacity and measure 169 x 124.5 x 47mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PE-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePE-lined means the inside of the bowl has a polyethylene coating. This adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter, saucier or oilier food portions compared to unlined kraft alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Compatible lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls suitable for hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These PE-lined kraft deli bowls are suitable for a variety of hot and cold foods including soups, sides, dips and rice portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls good for food delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders. Always ensure lids are fitted securely before transporting food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy rectangular kraft deli bowls in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply rectangular kraft deli bowls in 500ml, 750ml and 1000ml sizes, along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087914991950,"sku":"EDE-002798","price":5.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D48100_1.webp?v=1782818656"},{"product_id":"edenware-rectangular-kraft-deli-salad-food-takeaway-bowl-750ml-cardboard-pack-of-50","title":"750ml Rectangular Kraft Deli Bowls - Pack of 50","description":"\u003cp\u003eRectangular kraft deli bowls supplied in a pack of 50. With a 750ml capacity and dimensions of 169 x 124 x 56mm, these bowls are made from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board, making them suitable for both hot and cold food — including salads, rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries and deli meals. The PE lining adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter or saucier food portions. Compatible lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural kraft finish gives a clean, contemporary look that suits cafés, delis, street food vendors, food trucks and event catering setups. The rectangular format is practical for portioning and stacking, and the 750ml capacity suits lighter meal portions, sides and smaller food-to-go servings where the 1000ml bowl would be oversized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rectangular kraft deli bowls are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, presentable bowl for hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PE-lined construction makes them more suitable for wetter dishes than unlined kraft alternatives, and the 750ml capacity suits lighter meal portions, sides, snack bowls and smaller servings. The pack of 50 suits operations that need a practical supply for busy service — from cafés and takeaways to street food vendors, festivals and event caterers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and delis\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for sides, smaller salads, pasta pots, rice bowls, grain bowls and food-to-go counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and food-to-go outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for lighter portions of noodles, rice dishes, pasta, curries, stir-fries and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals, carnivals and casual outdoor food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for buffet sides, lighter portions, outdoor events and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for casual dining, snack portions and grab-and-go displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for side portions, snacks and smaller pre-packed food-to-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 750ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 169 x 124 x 56mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lining adds moisture resistance for wetter food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible lids sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002802\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bowls are made from natural kraft sustainable board with a PE lining. The PE lining may affect recyclability and compostability — disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities. Check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep bowls in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these rectangular kraft deli bowls used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls are used for serving salads, rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries, deli meals and other hot and cold food-to-go portions. The 750ml size is well suited to lighter meal portions, sides and smaller food-to-go servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 750ml size compare to the 1000ml?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 750ml bowl is a smaller option, better suited to lighter portions, sides and smaller food-to-go servings. The 1000ml rectangular bowl is available separately from Vending Superstore for larger meal portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bowls are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls have a 750ml capacity and measure 169 x 124 x 56mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PE-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePE-lined means the inside of the bowl has a polyethylene coating. This adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter, saucier or oilier food portions compared to unlined kraft alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Compatible lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls suitable for hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These PE-lined kraft deli bowls are suitable for a variety of hot and cold foods including rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls good for food delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders. Always ensure lids are fitted securely before transporting food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy rectangular kraft deli bowls in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply rectangular kraft deli bowls in 750ml and 1000ml sizes, along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087915024718,"sku":"EDE-002802","price":5.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D48101_1_8859a1a0-6d32-45dd-b674-8bd4bfc47df4.webp?v=1782818362"},{"product_id":"edenware-rectangular-kraft-deli-salad-food-takeaway-bowl-1000ml-cardboard-pack-of-50","title":"1000ml Rectangular Kraft Deli Bowls - Pack of 50","description":"\u003cp\u003eRectangular kraft deli bowls supplied in a pack of 50. With a 1000ml capacity and dimensions of 169 x 125 x 76mm, these bowls are made from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board, making them suitable for both hot and cold food — including salads, rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries and deli meals. The PE lining adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter or saucier food portions. Compatible lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural kraft finish gives a clean, contemporary look that suits cafés, delis, street food vendors, food trucks and event catering setups. The rectangular format is practical for portioning and stacking, and the 1000ml capacity suits full meal portions across a wide range of food types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rectangular kraft deli bowls are designed for food service businesses that need a reliable, presentable bowl for hot and cold food-to-go portions. The PE-lined construction makes them more suitable for wetter dishes than unlined kraft alternatives, and the 1000ml capacity suits full meal servings. The pack of 50 suits operations that need a practical supply for busy service — from cafés and takeaways to street food vendors, festivals and event caterers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and delis\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for salads, pasta pots, rice bowls, grain bowls, deli meals and food-to-go counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and food-to-go outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for noodles, rice dishes, pasta, curries, stir-fries, salads and mixed meal portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals, carnivals and casual outdoor food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e — the PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for conferences, corporate lunches, buffet service, outdoor events and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for high-volume casual dining, open kitchens and grab-and-go displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for meeting lunches, staff meals and pre-packed food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1000ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 169 x 125 x 76mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from PE-lined natural kraft sustainable board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lining adds moisture resistance for wetter food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for hot and cold food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible lids sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002806\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bowls are made from natural kraft sustainable board with a PE lining. The PE lining may affect recyclability and compostability — disposal options depend on food contamination and local waste facilities. Check your waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep bowls in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are rectangular kraft deli bowls used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls are used for serving salads, rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries, stir-fries, deli meals and other hot and cold food-to-go portions. They are well suited to cafés, takeaways, street food vendors, food delivery and event catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bowls are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 50 rectangular kraft deli bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls have a 1000ml capacity and measure 169 x 125 x 76mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PE-lined mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePE-lined means the inside of the bowl has a polyethylene coating. This adds moisture resistance, helping the bowl maintain its structure with wetter, saucier or oilier food portions compared to unlined kraft alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre lids included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lids are sold separately. Compatible lids are available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls suitable for hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These PE-lined kraft deli bowls are suitable for a variety of hot and cold foods including rice dishes, noodles, pasta, curries and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do these differ from the round kraft deli bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bowls are rectangular rather than round, which suits different portioning and presentation styles. The PE lining also makes them more suitable for wetter dishes. Round kraft deli bowls in 500ml, 750ml and 1000ml sizes are available separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bowls good for food delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The PE lining helps maintain bowl integrity during short-distance delivery and collection orders. Always ensure lids are fitted securely before transporting food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy rectangular kraft deli bowls in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply rectangular and round kraft deli bowls along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087915155790,"sku":"EDE-002806","price":5.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D48102_1_f13004b4-f765-4ad4-a9ea-3f77bf910de8.webp?v=1782817550"},{"product_id":"lids-for-edenware-rectangular-kraft-deli-salad-food-takeaway-bowl-fits-all-sizes-pack-of-50","title":"Clear PET Lids for Rectangular Kraft Deli Bowls 500\/750\/1000ml - Pack of 50","description":"\u003cp\u003eClear PET lids supplied in a pack of 50. Designed to fit Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowls in 500ml, 750ml and 1000ml sizes, these lids provide a secure, leak-resistant seal to protect food freshness and prevent spills during storage and transport. Manufactured from premium clear PET, they deliver outstanding clarity — customers can see the contents at a glance without opening the bowl, making them ideal for grab-and-go displays, deli counters and prepared meal service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe tight-fitting design ensures superior freshness retention and reliable leak prevention in demanding food service environments. Bowls are sold separately. The pack of 50 suits operations that need a practical supply for busy service — from cafés and delis to takeaways, street food vendors and event caterers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese clear PET lids are the companion lid for the Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowl range. The secure fit keeps food fresh and contained during service, transport and display, while the high-clarity PET construction lets customers see exactly what’s inside. Particularly useful for grab-and-go fridges, deli counters, salad bars and prepared meal displays where visual appeal and food protection both matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and delis\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for sealing salads, sides, pasta pots, rice bowls, deli meals and food-to-go portions for display or collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrab-and-go and deli counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — the high-clarity PET lid allows customers to see the contents, making them well suited to self-serve and display fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and food-to-go outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for sealing noodles, rice dishes, pasta, salads and mixed meal portions for collection or short-distance delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, food trucks, pop-ups, festivals and outdoor events where sealed portions are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for pre-packed meals, buffet portions, conference lunches and outdoor event food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for high-volume casual dining, open kitchens and grab-and-go displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for pre-packed lunches, meeting catering and visitor food-to-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 50 clear PET lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowls in 500ml, 750ml and 1000ml sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-clarity PET construction — excellent product visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTight-fitting design for superior freshness retention and leak prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and reliable for demanding food service environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cold dishes, salads, desserts and prepared meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBowls sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002807\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lids are made from PET plastic. Disposal depends on food contamination and local waste facilities — check your waste provider’s guidance before placing used food packaging into recycling or general waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep lids in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich bowls do these lids fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lids are designed to fit Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowls in 500ml, 750ml and 1000ml sizes. All three bowl sizes are available separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lids are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 50 clear PET lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bowls included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Bowls are sold separately. These lids are designed to be used with the Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowls available from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids suitable for cold food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These clear PET lids are suitable for cold food and are ideal for grab-and-go displays, deli counters and prepared meal service where food visibility matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids suitable for hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lids are made from PET and are primarily designed for cold food use. For hot food applications, check suitability before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these lids prevent leaks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The tight-fitting design provides a secure, leak-resistant seal to help prevent spills during storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these lids be used for grab-and-go displays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The high-clarity PET construction gives excellent product visibility, making these lids well suited to grab-and-go fridges, deli counters, salad bars and prepared meal displays where customers can see the contents without opening the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy clear PET rectangular deli bowl lids in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply clear PET lids and the full range of Go-Pak rectangular kraft deli bowls, along with a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51087915188558,"sku":"EDE-002807","price":3.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/A48101_1_b203df15-f19f-43f4-a61f-e1784eb7cfb4.webp?v=1782819280"},{"product_id":"nescafe-gold-blend-decaf-individual-coffee-stick-portions-box-of-200-sachets","title":"Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf Instant Coffee Sachets \/ Coffee Sticks - Box of 200","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/decafhero.webp?v=1739663311\" style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee sachets are supplied in a box of 200 individually wrapped 1.8g sticks, each providing a single caffeine-free serving. Made from a medium roasted blend of Arabica and Robusta beans and decaffeinated using water and nothing else, these deliver the smooth taste and rich aroma of Gold Blend without the caffeine — a practical premium option for offices, hotels and hospitality settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf coffee stick contains one measured 1.8g portion of decaffeinated instant coffee, making a 200ml cup. Simply empty the sachet into a cup, add hot water, stir, and add milk or sugar if required. No equipment needed — just a kettle and a cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe water-only decaffeination process means no additional chemicals or solvents are used, and the medium roasted Arabica and Robusta blend retains the smooth, rounded character that Gold Blend is known for. A well-suited choice for afternoon and evening drink stations, or wherever a caffeine-free premium instant is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens and staff rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotel rooms, guest trays and serviced accommodation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and self-serve drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfternoon and evening refreshment points where a decaf option is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 200 individually wrapped decaf coffee sachets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.8g per stick — one sachet per cup (200ml)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium roasted Arabica and Robusta blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecaffeinated using water only — nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 100% natural coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo coffee machine required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortion controlled for easy stock management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA blend of medium roasted Arabica and Robusta coffee beans, decaffeinated using water, nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of workplace and hospitality drink station supplies at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend (regular), Nescafé Original, Nescafé Original Decaf and Nescafé Azera instant coffee sachets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf sachets individually wrapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each coffee stick is individually wrapped, making them hygienic and easy to use on hotel trays, in meeting rooms and at shared drink stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many sachets are in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach box contains 200 individual Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee sachets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the coffee decaffeinated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNescafé Gold Blend Decaf is decaffeinated using water and nothing else — no additional chemicals or solvents are used in the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat coffee beans are used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGold Blend Decaf uses a blend of medium roasted Arabica and Robusta coffee beans, the same bean combination as regular Gold Blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Gold Blend Decaf differ from Nescafé Original Decaf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth are decaffeinated using water only. Gold Blend Decaf uses a medium roasted Arabica and Robusta blend, giving a smoother, more rounded cup compared to Nescafé Original Decaf. Both are available as individually wrapped sachets in a box of 200.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for hotels and guest rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Gold Blend Decaf sachets are well suited to hotel rooms, B\u0026amp;Bs, guest trays and serviced accommodation where a premium caffeine-free option is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these sachets contain milk or sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. These are black instant decaf coffee sachets. Milk and sugar should be added separately if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you make a cup of coffee with one sachet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEmpty one sachet into a cup, add hot water, stir, and add milk or sugar to taste. Each sachet makes a 200ml cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf sachets in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can order Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee sachets in a box of 200 directly from Vending Superstore, where we stock a full range of instant coffee portions, drink station supplies and hospitality consumables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside these decaf coffee sachets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089124720974,"sku":"NES-002814","price":31.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/nescafe-gold-decaf-sticks-hero.png?v=1780223828"},{"product_id":"nescafe-original-powder-coffee-tin-750g","title":"Nescafé Original Instant Coffee Powder Tin 750g – Catering Coffee","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/nestaste.webp?v=1739462834\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original instant coffee powder in a 750g catering tin, making approximately 416 mugs per tin. A finer soluble coffee compared to the standard granules format, delivering the same rich, bold flavour and unmistakable aroma of Nescafé Original — in a catering-size tin suited to offices, staff rooms, workplace kitchens, canteens and hospitality settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original instant coffee powder is made from 100% coffee beans and nothing else. The powder format is a finer soluble coffee compared to granules — both dissolve quickly in hot water and produce the same Nescafé Original cup, but the powder is a finer consistency that some operations prefer for vending machines or specific serving equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750g catering tin features a click-to-close hinged lid that seals in freshness between uses, and is easier to handle, store and serve from than previous formats. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGranules vs Powder — What Is the Difference?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original is available in two soluble coffee formats. Granules are chunkier soluble coffee pieces, commonly used in standard instant coffee jars and tins. Powder is a finer soluble coffee, which dissolves quickly and is often preferred for vending machines and certain commercial equipment. Both deliver the same Nescafé Original flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens and staff rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machines and commercial serving equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e750g catering-size instant coffee powder tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Original — rich, bold flavour and unmistakable aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiner soluble coffee powder format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes approximately 416 mugs per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 100% coffee beans — nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick-to-close hinged lid — seals in freshness between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to handle, store and serve from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully recyclable tin, lid and foil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from 100% coffee beans, nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Reseal using the click-to-close lid after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Nescafé Original powder and granules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGranules are chunkier soluble coffee pieces, typically used in standard instant coffee jars and tins. Powder is a finer soluble coffee that dissolves quickly and is often preferred for vending machines and certain commercial equipment. Both formats deliver the same Nescafé Original flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups does a 750g Nescafé Original powder tin make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA 750g tin makes approximately 416 mugs of Nescafé Original instant coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for vending machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder format is often preferred for vending machines and commercial serving equipment where a finer soluble coffee is required. Check your equipment's specification before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for offices and staff rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 750g Nescafé Original powder tin is well suited to office kitchens, staff rooms and meeting areas — easy to store, simple to serve from and a familiar brand that staff and guests recognise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tin recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable. Simply separate the three components and place them in the appropriate recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nescafé coffee tins in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can order Nescafé Original 750g catering tins from Vending Superstore, where we stock both the granules and powder formats alongside a full range of catering coffee supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside a catering coffee tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089128522062,"sku":"NES-002808","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/61BWwhyzCRL._AC_SL1000_70311e34-8621-4ae0-bf00-6faa29649e90.jpg?v=1782066493"},{"product_id":"nescafe-original-granules-600g-refill-bag","title":"Nescafé Original Instant Coffee Granules Refill Bag 600g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/nestaste.webp?v=1739462834\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original instant coffee granules refill bag 600g — designed to top up your existing Nescafé catering tin rather than replace it. The same rich, bold Nescafé Original granules made from 100% coffee beans, in a refill format that reduces packaging and keeps your tin in use for longer. A practical restocking option for offices, staff rooms, hospitality settings and catering operations that already use Nescafé Original catering tins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original is one of the UK's most recognised instant coffee brands, delivering a rich, bold flavour and unmistakable aroma in every cup. The 600g refill bag contains the same granules as the catering tins — simply pour the contents into your existing Nescafé tin, reseal with the click-to-close lid and continue serving. Made from 100% coffee beans and nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and staff rooms already using Nescafé Original catering tins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny setting looking to reduce tin waste while maintaining the same coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600g refill bag — designed to top up your existing Nescafé catering tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Original — rich, bold flavour and unmistakable aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 100% coffee beans — nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranules format — chunkier soluble coffee pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess packaging than buying a replacement tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame Nescafé Original coffee as the 750g catering tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from 100% coffee beans, nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, transfer to your Nescafé tin and reseal using the click-to-close lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Original instant coffee granules in a 750g catering tin, Nescafé Original instant coffee powder in a 750g catering tin, and Nescafé Gold Blend refill bag (450g).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a coffee refill bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA refill bag is designed to top up an existing catering tin rather than replace it. Once your Nescafé Original tin is empty, simply pour the contents of the refill bag in, reseal the tin and continue serving — less waste, same coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tin does this refill bag fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis refill bag is designed for use with Nescafé Original catering tins. We stock the Nescafé Original 750g catering tin at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the coffee the same as in the Original tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The refill bag contains the same Nescafé Original instant coffee granules — the same rich, bold flavour made from 100% coffee beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this granules or powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the granules format — chunkier soluble coffee pieces, the standard format for Nescafé Original catering tins. A powder version is also available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the refill bag suitable for offices?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is a practical restocking option for offices, staff rooms and hospitality settings that already use Nescafé Original catering tins and want to reduce packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Nescafé Original refill bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can order the Nescafé Original 600g granules refill bag directly from Vending Superstore, alongside the full range of Nescafé catering tins and workplace coffee supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089129046350,"sku":"NES-002810","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/51mrJdvVyiL._AC_SL1000_e8710282-2f33-45d1-9254-8707ba3c0733.jpg?v=1782067692"},{"product_id":"nescafe-gold-blend-coffee-tin-500g-1","title":"Nescafé Gold Blend Instant Coffee Granules Tin 500g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/gblend.webp?v=1739464076\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules in a 500g catering tin, making approximately 277 mugs per tin. Expertly blended from Arabica and Robusta beans with roast and ground coffee (3%), Gold Blend delivers a smooth taste, complex flavour and rich aroma — a well-suited choice for offices, staff rooms, hospitality settings and catering operations where a premium instant coffee is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend is made with a blend of premium high-quality coffee beans, expertly roasted for a distinctive, rounded taste. The unique mix of Robusta and Arabica beans gives it a complex flavour and rich aroma that sets it apart from a standard instant coffee. The 500g tin is a practical size for smaller operations or settings where a full 750g tin would be more than needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tin features a click-to-close hinged lid that seals in freshness between uses, and is designed to be easier to hold, store and serve from. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens and staff rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-facing meeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller operations where a 750g tin would be excessive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500g catering-size instant coffee tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Blend — smooth taste and rich aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpertly blended Arabica and Robusta beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains roast and ground coffee (3%) for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes approximately 277 mugs per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick-to-close hinged lid — seals in freshness between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to handle, store and serve from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully recyclable tin, lid and foil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoluble coffee, roast and ground coffee (3%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Reseal using the click-to-close lid after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules (750g catering tin), Nescafé Original instant coffee granules (750g tin) and Nescafé Original Decaf (500g tin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups does a 500g Nescafé Gold Blend tin make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA 500g tin makes approximately 277 mugs of Nescafé Gold Blend instant coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 500g and 750g Gold Blend tins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe coffee is identical — same blend, same flavour, same tin format. The 500g tin makes approximately 277 mugs and is suited to smaller operations or lower-volume settings. The 750g tin makes approximately 416 mugs and is the better value option for higher-volume use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Nescafé Gold Blend different from Nescafé Original?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGold Blend uses a blend of Arabica and Robusta beans and contains roast and ground coffee (3%), giving it a more complex flavour, smoother taste and richer aroma compared to Nescafé Original.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for offices and staff rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 500g Nescafé Gold Blend tin is well suited to office kitchens, staff rooms, meeting rooms and client-facing areas where a smooth, premium instant coffee is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tin recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable. Simply separate the three components and place them in the appropriate recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nescafé Gold Blend coffee tins in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can order Nescafé Gold Blend 500g catering tins from Vending Superstore, where we stock a full range of catering-size instant coffee tins and workplace drink station supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside a catering coffee tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089129537870,"sku":"NES-002811","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/61bKyA7-EqL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1782067148"},{"product_id":"nescafe-gold-blend-refill-bag-450g","title":"Nescafé Gold Blend Instant Coffee Granules Refill Bag 450g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/gblend.webp?v=1739464076\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee refill bag 450g — designed to top up your existing Nescafé catering tin rather than replace it. The same expertly blended Arabica and Robusta Gold Blend coffee, making approximately 250 mugs per bag, supplied in a resealable refill format that reduces packaging and keeps your tin in use for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill bag contains the same Nescafé Gold Blend instant coffee as the catering tins — smooth taste, rich aroma and the distinctive rounded flavour from a carefully selected blend of Arabica and Robusta beans. Simply pour the contents of the refill bag into your existing Nescafé tin, reseal with the click-to-close lid and continue serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor offices, hospitality settings and catering operations that already use Nescafé Gold Blend tins, the refill bag is a practical way to restock without accumulating additional tins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and staff rooms already using Nescafé Gold Blend catering tins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny setting looking to reduce tin waste while maintaining the same coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e450g refill bag — designed to top up your existing Nescafé catering tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Blend — smooth taste and rich aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpertly blended Arabica and Robusta beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes approximately 250 mugs per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess packaging than buying a replacement tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame Gold Blend coffee as the 500g and 750g catering tins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoluble coffee, roast and ground coffee (3%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, transfer to your Nescafé tin and reseal using the click-to-close lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules in 500g and 750g catering tins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a coffee refill bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA refill bag is designed to top up an existing catering tin rather than replace it. Once your Nescafé Gold Blend tin is empty, simply pour the contents of the refill bag in, reseal the tin and continue serving — less waste, same coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tin does this refill bag fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis refill bag is designed for use with Nescafé Gold Blend catering tins. We stock both the 500g and 750g Gold Blend tins at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the coffee the same as in the Gold Blend tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The refill bag contains the same Nescafé Gold Blend instant coffee — the same Arabica and Robusta blend with the same smooth taste and rich aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups does the 450g refill bag make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 450g refill bag makes approximately 250 mugs of Nescafé Gold Blend instant coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the refill bag suitable for offices?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is a practical restocking option for offices, staff rooms and hospitality settings that already use Nescafé Gold Blend catering tins and want to reduce packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Nescafé Gold Blend refill bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can order the Nescafé Gold Blend 450g refill bag directly from Vending Superstore, alongside the full range of Gold Blend catering tins and workplace coffee supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089130357070,"sku":"NES-002812","price":22.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/81Y4Kc7CBCL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1781006715"},{"product_id":"nescafe-gold-blend-decaf-coffee-tin-500g","title":"Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf Instant Coffee Tin 500g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/decafhero.webp?v=1739663311\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee in a 500g catering tin, making approximately 277 mugs per tin. Made from a medium roasted blend of Arabica and Robusta beans and decaffeinated using water and nothing else, this delivers the smooth taste and rich aroma of Gold Blend without the caffeine — a practical premium decaf option for offices, staff rooms, hospitality settings and catering operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Decaf uses the same expertly blended Arabica and Robusta beans as regular Gold Blend, medium roasted and decaffeinated purely with water. The result is a smooth, rounded cup with a rich aroma — without compromise on flavour. A well-suited choice for afternoon and evening drink stations, or wherever a caffeine-free premium instant coffee is expected alongside the regular Gold Blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500g catering tin features a click-to-close hinged lid that seals in freshness between uses, and is easier to handle, store and serve from. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens and staff rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-facing meeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfternoon and evening drink stations where a decaf option is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500g catering-size decaf instant coffee tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Decaf — smooth taste and rich aroma without the caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium roasted Arabica and Robusta blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecaffeinated using water only — nothing else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes approximately 277 mugs per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick-to-close hinged lid — seals in freshness between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to handle, store and serve from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully recyclable tin, lid and foil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA blend of medium roasted Arabica and Robusta coffee beans, decaffeinated using water, nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Reseal using the click-to-close lid after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules (500g and 750g catering tins), Nescafé Original instant coffee granules (750g tin) and Nescafé Original Decaf (500g tin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups does a 500g Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf tin make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA 500g tin makes approximately 277 mugs of Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf instant coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf decaffeinated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNescafé Gold Blend Decaf is decaffeinated using water and nothing else — no additional chemicals or solvents are used in the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Blend Decaf and Gold Blend regular?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe coffee blend is the same — medium roasted Arabica and Robusta beans. The Decaf version has had the caffeine removed using a water-only process, making it suitable for those who prefer to avoid caffeine. Both are available in catering tins from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Blend Decaf and Original Decaf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNescafé Original Decaf uses 100% coffee beans decaffeinated with water. Gold Blend Decaf uses a medium roasted Arabica and Robusta blend, giving a smoother, more rounded cup. Both are available in catering tins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for offices and staff rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 500g Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf tin is well suited to office kitchens, staff rooms and meeting areas as a premium caffeine-free option alongside regular Gold Blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tin recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable. Simply separate the three components and place them in the appropriate recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf tins in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can order Nescafé Gold Blend Decaf 500g catering tins from Vending Superstore, where we stock a full range of catering-size instant coffee tins and workplace drink station supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside a catering decaf coffee tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089131602254,"sku":"NES-002813","price":30.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/71oRUMtp2rL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1784713371"},{"product_id":"food-connections-flapjack-chocolate-topped-100g-pack-of-30","title":"Food Connections Flapjack Chocolate Topped 100g (Pack of 30)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA classic flapjack with a chocolate flavour topping.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePack of 30.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Connections","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095346282830,"sku":"FOO-002823","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/double-chocolate-flapjack-in-packet.png?v=1784719099"},{"product_id":"food-connections-flapjack-yoghurt-topped-100g-pack-of-30","title":"Food Connections Flapjack Yoghurt Topped 100g (Pack of 30)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA sweet oaty flapjack with a yoghurt flavour topping.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePack of 30.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Connections","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095346315598,"sku":"FOO-002824","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/yogurt-flapjack-in-packet-v2_3697f157-546c-4c32-82fc-63448b16dd4d.png?v=1779350864"},{"product_id":"devonvale-chocoholic-flapjack-95g-24-pack","title":"Devonvale Chocoholic Flapjack 95g (24 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChocoholic - Truly for the Chocolate lover. Chocolate flavoured oat bar with a chocolate flavour iced topping\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDevonvale flapjacks are a delicious and indulgent snack made from a blend of oats, butter, and syrup, these flapjacks are soft and chewy with a sweet and buttery flavour that is sure to satisfy your sweet tooth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Devonvale","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095347265870,"sku":"DEV-002817","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/chocoholic-box_720x_2x_77ad3713-c1a8-42f4-bc75-3bfb21e383cd.jpg?v=1782322675"},{"product_id":"sweet-moments-mixed-case-flapjack-80g-pack-of-30","title":"Sweet Moments Mixed Case Flapjack 80g (Pack of 30)","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn assortment of luxury flapjacks in 6 various flavours – Traditional, salted caramel, bakewell, fruit, raspberry and white chocolate, chocolate chip.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA great value flapjack that also tastes fantastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBakewell Flapjack:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 37%, White chocolate flavour coating 24% (Sugar, Palm Oil, Whey\u003cbr\u003ePowder (Milk), Wheat Flour (Wheat Flour\u003cstrong\u003e, \u003c\/strong\u003eCalcium Carbonate, Iron, Niacin,\u003cbr\u003eThiamin), Emulsifier: Soya Lecithin, Natural Flavouring), Margarine (Vegetable\u003cbr\u003eOil (Palm, Rapeseed Oil) Water), Golden Syrup, Sugar, Raspberry Jam 5%\u003cbr\u003e(Raspberry Puree, Glucose syrup, Sugar, Raspberry Puree Concentrate, Gelling\u003cbr\u003eAgent: Pectin, Acidity Regulators: Citric Acid, Trisodium Citrate, Colour:\u003cbr\u003eAnthocyanin), Glace Cherries 4% (Cherries, Glucose-Fructose Syrup, Citric Acid\u003cbr\u003e( E330), Fruit \u0026amp;amp; Vegetable Juice), Almond Flavouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChocolate chip:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 36%, Golden Syrup, Margarine (Vegetable Oil (Palm, Rapeseed)), Sugar,\u003cbr\u003eMilk Chocolate Chips 13% (Sugar, Whole Milk Powder, Cocoa Butter, Cocoa\u003cbr\u003eMass, Whey Powder (Milk), Soya Lecithin, Vanilla Extract)\u003cbr\u003eMilk Chocolate Cocoa Solids 30% Minimum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 41%, Golden Syrup, Margarine (Palm, Rapeseed Oil, Water), Sugar,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreservative: E202.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChocolate flavoured: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 33%, Chocolate Flavour Coating 20% (Sugar, Palm Oil, Whey Powder\u003cbr\u003e(Milk), Wheat Flour (Wheat Flour, Calcium carbonate, Iron, Niacin, Thiamin),\u003cbr\u003eFat reduced Cocoa Powder, Emulsifiers: Soya Lecithin, E476; Flavouring),\u003cbr\u003eGolden Syrup, Margarine (Palm, Rapeseed Oil, Water), Sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFruit: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 37%, Partially Inverted Refiners Syrup, Margarine (Palm, Rapeseed Oil,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater), Sultanas 12% (Sultanas, Sunflower Oil), Sugar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSalted Caramel:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOats 39%, Golden Syrup, Margarine (Palm, Rapeseed Oil), Water), Sugar,\u003cbr\u003eToffee Pieces 4% (Sugar, Glucose, Full Cream Sweetened Condensed Milk,\u003cbr\u003ePalm Oil, Butter Oil (Milk)), Caramel 4% (Sugar, Glucose Syrup, Sweetened\u003cbr\u003eCondensed Milk, (Milk, Sugar, Lactose(Milk)), Water, Unsalted Butter\u003cbr\u003e(Milk),Golden Syrup (Partially Inverted Refiners Syrup), Palm Oil, Salt,\u003cbr\u003eEmulsifiers (E322 Rapeseed Lecithin, E491 Sorbitan Monostearate), Dried\u003cbr\u003eGlucose Syrup, Natural Flavouring). Chocolate Flavour Drizzle (Sugar, Palm\u003cbr\u003eOil, Whey Powder (Milk), Wheat Flour (Wheat Flour, Calcium carbonate, Iron,\u003cbr\u003eNiacin, Thiamin), Fat reduced Cocoa Powder, Emulsifiers: Soya Lecithin, E476;\u003cbr\u003eFlavouring), Salt 0.73%\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sweet Moments","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095347560782,"sku":"SWE-002820","price":17.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/OUTER-scaled_e6331c14-72f8-4c8d-8e47-d90edb90c9df.jpg?v=1782832407"},{"product_id":"food-connections-flapjack-chocolate-caramel-100g-pack-of-30","title":"Food Connections Flapjack Chocolate \u0026 Caramel 100g (Pack of 30)","description":"\u003cp\u003eChocolate Caramel Flapjack\u003cbr\u003eGolden oats with delicious caramel and chocolate flavour toppings.\u003cbr\u003ePack of 30.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Connections","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095347593550,"sku":"FOO-002822","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/chocolate-flapjack-in-packet-v2_71a5eddf-b534-4ca0-bc9e-ed100b9ca65e.png?v=1779958087"},{"product_id":"food-connections-flapjack-luxury-mixed-selection-100g-pack-of-30","title":"Food Connections Flapjack Luxury Mixed Selection 100g (Pack of 30)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOaty Flapjack - Oat cereal flapjack \u003cbr\u003eYoghurt Top Flapjack - A flapjack with yoghurt flavoured topping \u003cbr\u003eChocolate Caramel Flavour Flapjack - A caramel flavour flapjack with chocolate flavour topping \u003cbr\u003eBakewell Flapjack - A raspberry jam \u0026amp; almond flapjack \u003cbr\u003eChocolate Chip Flapjack\u003cbr\u003eChocolate Top Flapjack\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mixed case of flapjacks comprising of 5 each of Bakewell, Choc Top, Choc Caramel, Yoghurt Top, Oaty, Choc Chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Suitable for vegetarians\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePack of 30.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Connections","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51095348609358,"sku":"FOO-002825","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/5027870156021.jpg?v=1783946786"},{"product_id":"8oz-oatmeal-signature-double-wall-coffee-cup-takeaway-coffee-cups-box-of-500","title":"8oz Oatmeal Signature Double Wall Coffee Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e8oz oatmeal Signature double wall takeaway coffee cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Made from high-quality food grade paperboard with a smooth matt finish and a printed ‘Cup of Goodness’ message, these cups are a considered choice for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want a warm, distinctive look for their hot drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction provides heat insulation and a comfortable grip without the need for a separate sleeve. Compatible sip-through lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePart of the Signature Range, these 8oz oatmeal double wall cups combine practical performance with a premium matt finish. The warm oatmeal colourway and positive messaging give them a distinctive, welcoming look suited to café counters, workplace drink stations and hospitality self-serve areas. Available alongside complementary colours in the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8oz capacity — suitable for smaller hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — insulates contents and provides a comfortable grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required in most service settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOatmeal colourway with smooth matt finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted ‘Cup of Goodness’ messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from high-quality food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for coffee, tea and hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — a distinctive everyday cup for flat whites, cortados, espressos and smaller hot drinks served to go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds a considered touch to staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVending and self-serve areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside tabletop coffee machines and self-serve hot drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 8oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Oatmeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Smooth matt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrint: Cup of Goodness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: Signature Range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Signature Range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Signature Range is a selection of double wall hot cups available in complementary colours with a smooth matt finish and printed positive messaging. The oatmeal cup features a ‘Cup of Goodness’ print.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 80mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25 for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat drinks are these cups suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups are designed for hot drinks including coffee, tea and hot chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these cups in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these cups are sold in cases of 500, suitable for cafés, catering operations, offices and hospitality venues with regular hot drink service. You can order here at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other colours available in the Signature Range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the Signature Range is available in complementary colours. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096120459598,"sku":"OWN-002826","price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/8ozsig.png?v=1782593474"},{"product_id":"12oz-white-single-wall-hot-cup-box-of-1000","title":"12oz White Single Wall Hot Cups - Box of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e12oz plain white single wall hot cups supplied in a box of 1000, packed as 20 sleeves of 50. A practical, economical choice for cafés, offices, catering operations and hospitality venues that need a reliable disposable hot drink cup in volume without the cost of double wall or ripple construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from food grade paperboard. The plain white finish gives a clean, neutral appearance suited to everyday hot drink service. For hotter drinks or longer hold times, we recommend pairing with a cup sleeve or double cupping where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 12oz single wall cups are a cost-effective everyday option for medium hot drinks. The single layer of board keeps the price down, making them a sensible choice for high-volume settings where cups are used and replaced quickly. The plain white finish works across café, catering and self-serve environments and provides a clean base for branded stickers or stamps if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12oz capacity — suitable for medium hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle wall construction — lightweight and economical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlain white finish — clean, neutral appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for coffee, tea, hot chocolate and other hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used for some cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 1000 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids and cup sleeves available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — an economical everyday cup for takeaway hot drinks where volume matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for high-volume temporary hot drink service where cost per cup is a priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — a budget-friendly option for hot drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVending and self-serve areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside tabletop coffee machines and self-serve hot drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 12oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Single wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 50 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox quantity: 1000 cups (20 sleeves of 50)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks (and some cold drinks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are 12oz single wall cups used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12oz single wall cups are commonly used for serving medium hot drinks such as coffee, tea, hot chocolate and speciality drinks. They are a practical choice for cafés, offices, catering, events and self-serve drink stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo single wall cups need sleeves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hotter drinks or longer hold times, we recommend using a cup sleeve or double cupping. Single wall cups are more economical than double wall or ripple cups, but they do not provide the same level of insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between single wall and double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSingle wall cups are made with one layer of board, making them lighter and more cost-effective. Double wall cups have an extra outer layer for better insulation, helping keep the outside of the cup more comfortable to hold with very hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre single wall cups cheaper than ripple or double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, generally. Single wall cups use less material and have a simpler construction, making them a more economical option for high-volume use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for offices?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. 12oz single wall cups are suitable for offices, meeting rooms, staff kitchens, visitor drinks and workplace refreshment stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these cups be used with lids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the correct matching lid size is used. The brim diameter is 90mm — always check compatibility before ordering lids separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these cups be used for cold drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey can be used for some cold drinks, but they are primarily designed for hot drink service. For cold drinks with ice or condensation, dedicated cold cups may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 1000 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 50 for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096121278798,"sku":"GO -002829","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/12ozplainwhite.png?v=1782592186"},{"product_id":"8oz-white-single-wall-hot-cup-box-of-1000","title":"8oz White Single Wall Hot Cups - Box of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e8oz plain white single wall hot cups supplied in a box of 1000, packed as 20 sleeves of 50. A practical, economical choice for cafés, offices, catering operations and hospitality venues that need a reliable disposable hot drink cup in volume without the cost of double wall construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from food grade paperboard. The plain white finish gives a clean, neutral appearance suited to everyday hot drink service. For hotter drinks or longer hold times, we recommend pairing with a cup sleeve or double cupping where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 8oz single wall cups are a cost-effective everyday option for smaller hot drinks — espressos, flat whites, short teas and hot chocolates. The single layer of board keeps the price down, making them a sensible choice for high-volume settings where cups are used and replaced quickly. The plain white finish works across café, catering and self-serve environments and provides a clean base for branded stickers or stamps if needed. Also available in 12oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8oz capacity — suitable for smaller hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle wall construction — lightweight and economical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlain white finish — clean, neutral appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for coffee, tea, hot chocolate and other hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used for some cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 1000 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids and cup sleeves available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — an economical everyday cup for espressos, flat whites and smaller takeaway hot drinks where volume matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for high-volume temporary hot drink service where cost per cup is a priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — a budget-friendly option for smaller hot drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVending and self-serve areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside tabletop coffee machines and self-serve hot drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 8oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Single wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Food grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 50 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox quantity: 1000 cups (20 sleeves of 50)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks (and some cold drinks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are 8oz single wall cups used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8oz single wall cups are commonly used for serving smaller hot drinks such as espressos, flat whites, short teas and hot chocolates. They are a practical choice for cafés, offices, catering, events and self-serve drink stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo single wall cups need sleeves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hotter drinks or longer hold times, we recommend using a cup sleeve or double cupping. Single wall cups are more economical than double wall cups, but they do not provide the same level of insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between single wall and double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSingle wall cups are made with one layer of board, making them lighter and more cost-effective. Double wall cups have an extra outer layer for better insulation, helping keep the outside of the cup more comfortable to hold with very hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre single wall cups cheaper than double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, generally. Single wall cups use less material and have a simpler construction, making them a more economical option for high-volume use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these cups be used with lids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the correct matching lid size is used. The brim diameter is 80mm — always check compatibility before ordering lids separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these cups be used for cold drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey can be used for some cold drinks, but they are primarily designed for hot drink service. For cold drinks with ice or condensation, dedicated cold cups may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 1000 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 50 for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this cup available in 12oz?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — this plain white single wall cup is also available in 12oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096122261838,"sku":"GO -002830","price":27.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/8ozwhite.png?v=1782595631"},{"product_id":"rpet-clear-bomb-shot-glass-box-of-1000","title":"rPET Clear Bomb Shot Glasses - 25ml - Box of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003erPET clear bomb shot glasses supplied in a box of 1000. A practical, reliable solution for serving classic drop-and-drink style serves — including Jägermeister Jägerbombs, Sake Bombs and Dublin Drops — as well as liqueurs, spirits, mixers and chasers across bars, pubs, clubs, nightclubs, events and festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual-chamber design features a 25ml inner shot compartment for spirits, while the outer section holds the complementary mixer. This helps speed up service, reduce pouring time and deliver consistent measures with ease — ideal for high-volume venues where fast, accurate drink service matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from high-quality clear rPET with a minimum of 30% recycled content. CE, UKNI and UKCA stamped for approved weights and measures. Supplied in shelf-ready packaging (SRP) for efficient stocking and storage. Fully recyclable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rPET bomb shot glass is designed for the demands of busy nightclubs, bars, festivals and events. The dual-chamber format means staff can pre-load the inner shot and outer mixer in one glass, cutting down on pouring time and keeping service moving during peak periods. The crystal-clear rPET construction gives excellent drink visibility, and the CE, UKNI and UKCA stamping ensures compliance with approved weights and measures requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25ml inner shot compartment — for spirits, liqueurs and shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter chamber for complementary mixer or chaser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-chamber design — speeds up service and delivers consistent measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from high-quality clear rPET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum 30% recycled content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent clarity — crystal-clear finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE, UKNI and UKCA stamped — approved weights and measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully recyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and lightweight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf-ready packaging (SRP) outer carton for efficient stocking and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 1000 glasses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNightclubs\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for Jägerbombs, Sake Bombs, Dublin Drops and other drop-and-drink serves during high-volume late-night service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBars and pubs\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for spirit shots, liqueur service, chasers and promotional drink serves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFestivals and outdoor events\u003c\/strong\u003e — a safe, disposable alternative to glass for shot service at high-volume outdoor bars and temporary venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusic venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for shot service at concerts, gigs, arenas and live music events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSports events\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for fan zones, hospitality areas and event bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate events and private parties\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for welcome drinks, promotional serves and event bar service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversities and student venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for student union bars, events and temporary drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner volume: 25ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Dual chamber — inner shot compartment and outer mixer section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: rPET — minimum 30% recycled content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStamping: CE, UKNI and UKCA — approved weights and measures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaging: Shelf-ready packaging (SRP) outer carton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox quantity: 1000 glasses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. The SRP outer carton is designed for efficient shelf stocking and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a bomb shot glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA bomb shot glass is a dual-chamber glass designed for drop-and-drink style serves. The inner compartment holds a spirit or shot, and the outer section holds a mixer. The inner glass is dropped into the outer, and the drink is consumed together — classic examples include Jägerbombs, Sake Bombs and Dublin Drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat serves are these glasses suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese glasses are suitable for Jägermeister Jägerbombs, Sake Bombs, Dublin Drops and other drop-and-drink serves, as well as spirits, liqueurs, mixers and chasers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these glasses CE and UKCA stamped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These bomb shot glasses are CE, UKNI and UKCA stamped for approved weights and measures, making them suitable for use in licensed venues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these glasses made from recycled plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These glasses are made from rPET with a minimum of 30% recycled content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these glasses recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These glasses are fully recyclable. Always check your local waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the inner volume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inner shot compartment holds 25ml, suitable for a standard spirit measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is shelf-ready packaging?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShelf-ready packaging (SRP) means the outer carton is designed to be placed directly onto a shelf or storage area without unpacking, making stocking and restocking faster and more efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many glasses are in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 1000 glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096122392910,"sku":"GO-002832","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/bombshotglasses.png?v=1782654886"},{"product_id":"disposable-clear-shot-glass-20ml-box-of-1000","title":"Disposable Clear Shot Glasses 20ml - Box of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e20ml disposable clear shot glasses supplied in a box of 1000. Made from PS plastic with a crystal-clear, glass-like finish, these shot glasses are a practical choice for serving spirits, liqueurs, samples and small food portions at bars, clubs, festivals, weddings, tastings, events and catering operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDisposable and recyclable where suitable facilities are available. A clean, professional alternative to glassware for high-volume or temporary drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 20ml clear PS shot glasses offer the look of glass without the breakage risk, making them well suited to busy bars, outdoor events, festivals and any setting where glassware is impractical or not permitted. The crystal-clear finish presents drinks cleanly and works equally well for spirit shots, liqueur samples, sauce portions, condiment servings and small food tastings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20ml (0.68oz) capacity — ideal for shots, samples and small servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear PS plastic — glass-like appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisposable — no washing up required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable where suitable facilities are available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for spirits, liqueurs, samples and small food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 1000 glasses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBars and clubs\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for spirit shots, liqueur service and promotional drinks in busy late-night venues and event spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFestivals and outdoor events\u003c\/strong\u003e — a safe, disposable alternative to glass for shot service at high-volume outdoor bars and temporary venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeddings and private events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for welcome drinks, toast shots, liqueur service and small sample portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTastings and sampling\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for spirit tastings, wine samples, sauce samples and food product demonstrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestaurants and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for amuse-bouche, sauce portions, condiment servings and small food tastings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusic venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for shot service at concerts, gigs, arenas and live music events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSports events\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for fan zones, hospitality areas and event bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate events and exhibitions\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for product sampling, brand activations, receptions and networking events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversities and student venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for student union bars, events and temporary drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 20ml (0.68oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PS (polystyrene) plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Crystal clear, glass-like appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable: Yes, where suitable facilities are available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox quantity: 1000 glasses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Spirits, liqueurs, samples and small food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go Pak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Keep glasses in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are disposable shot glasses used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDisposable shot glasses are used for serving spirits, liqueurs, samples and small food portions at bars, clubs, festivals, weddings, tastings, events and catering operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these shot glasses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese shot glasses have a 20ml (0.68oz) capacity, making them suitable for standard shot service and small sample portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these shot glasses recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese glasses are made from PS plastic and are recyclable where suitable recycling facilities are available. Always check your local waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these shot glasses suitable for food as well as drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These shot glasses are suitable for small food portions including sauces, condiments, amuse-bouche and food product samples, as well as spirit shots and drink samples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these a safe alternative to glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These clear plastic shot glasses offer a glass-like appearance without the breakage risk, making them practical for outdoor events, festivals and venues where glassware is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many glasses are in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 1000 glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096122917198,"sku":"GO -002833","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/shotglasses.png?v=1782654513"},{"product_id":"biodegradable-wooden-ice-cream-spoons-pack-of-400-disposable-eco-friendly-cutlery","title":"Wooden Ice Cream Spades Spoons Biodegradable  - Pack of 400","description":"\u003cp\u003eBiodegradable wooden ice cream spades supplied in a pack of 400. Made from natural wood and designed to biodegrade, these disposable spades are a practical, eco-conscious alternative to single-use plastic ice cream spoons. The spade shape is well suited to scooping and eating ice cream, gelato, sorbet and similar cold desserts directly from a tub, cone holder or dessert cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural wood construction gives a clean, unfussy look that suits ice cream parlours, seaside kiosks, cafés, event catering and street food setups. The pack of 400 makes them a practical high-volume option for businesses that go through ice cream spades regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese wooden ice cream spades are designed for businesses serving ice cream, gelato, sorbet and similar cold desserts at volume. The spade format is the standard shape for ice cream service — easy to scoop with and comfortable to eat from. The pack of 400 suits ice cream parlours, seaside kiosks, cafés, dessert counters, event caterers and leisure venues that need a reliable, disposable ice cream spade in quantity. A simple move away from plastic disposable spoons for businesses looking to reduce single-use plastic cutlery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce cream parlours and gelato shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for serving ice cream, gelato, sorbet and frozen desserts in tubs, cones and dessert cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeaside kiosks and leisure venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for high-volume ice cream service at the coast, visitor attractions, theme parks and outdoor venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for dessert portions, ice cream sundaes, frozen yoghurt and cold dessert counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, pop-ups, food trucks, festivals and outdoor events serving ice cream and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvent catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for weddings, parties, festivals, fairs, corporate events and temporary dessert service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchools, colleges and universities\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for canteens, student events and food service points serving desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHospitality and hotel venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for dessert buffets, breakfast service, guest events and casual food-to-go counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 400 wooden ice cream spades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from natural wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBiodegradable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisposable — supplied loose in a pack of 400\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpade shape — designed for scooping and eating ice cream and cold desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for ice cream, gelato, sorbet, frozen yoghurt and similar cold portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical alternative to plastic disposable ice cream spoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Edenware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002834\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese ice cream spades are made from natural wood and are designed to biodegrade. They are a practical alternative to single-use plastic cutlery for businesses looking to reduce plastic waste in their food service operation. Disposal routes can vary — check your local waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Keep spades in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are wooden ice cream spades used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWooden ice cream spades are used for scooping and eating ice cream, gelato, sorbet, frozen yoghurt and similar cold desserts. They are popular with ice cream parlours, seaside kiosks, cafés, event caterers and leisure venues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many spades are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 400 biodegradable wooden ice cream spades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these spades made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese spades are made from natural wood and are designed to biodegrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between an ice cream spade and a regular spoon?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn ice cream spade has a flat, wide spade-shaped head rather than a rounded bowl. This makes it easier to scoop ice cream from a tub or cup and eat from directly — it is the standard format used in ice cream service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these spades biodegradable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These wooden ice cream spades are designed to biodegrade, making them a practical alternative to plastic disposable ice cream spoons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these spades individually wrapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These spades are supplied loose in a pack of 400.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for events and outdoor catering?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are suitable for festivals, fairs, markets, pop-ups, weddings, parties and outdoor events where ice cream or cold desserts are served.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy wooden ice cream spades in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply wooden ice cream spades and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096123310414,"sku":"EDE-002834","price":4.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/xg01009do18_1.webp?v=1783606305"},{"product_id":"edenware-small-kraft-folded-board-tray-chip-tray-takeaway-packaging-recyclable-cardboard-case-of-500","title":"Small Kraft Folded Board Food Tray - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmall kraft food trays from Edenware, supplied in a case of 500. Measuring 42 x 62 x 100mm, these folded board trays are made from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard, printed with soya-based ink and supplied without a plastic lining. Compact, sturdy and practical, they are designed for businesses serving chips, fries, onion rings, wedges, snacks and small food-to-go portions at pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural kraft finish gives a warm, unfussy presentation that suits takeaway counters, street food setups and market-style food service. The open tray format is easy to fill, hold and serve, helping staff move quickly during busy periods without the need for additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Edenware small kraft folded board trays are designed for smaller food portions and quick-serve food-to-go setups. The 42 x 62 x 100mm size makes them suitable for chips, fries, onion rings, wedges, nuggets, bites, tasters, samples, bakery snacks and other small portions. The sturdy folded board construction gives the tray enough structure for casual handheld eating, while the compact footprint makes it easy to store, stack and serve from behind the counter. They pair well with the wider Edenware kraft food packaging range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for small portions of chips, fries, onion rings, nuggets, wedges and sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, pop-ups, food trucks, festivals and outdoor food stalls where food needs to be served quickly and eaten on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for small savoury snacks, bakery items, side portions and food-to-go counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish and chip shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — a compact tray for children’s chip portions, sides and add-on items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for conferences, fairs, festivals, race days, corporate events and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — a simple open tray for casual dining, samples, tasters, finger food and high-volume food counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeisure and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for kiosks, visitor attractions, cinemas, stadium counters, sports clubs and event venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 small kraft food trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 42 x 62 x 100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted with soya-based ink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo plastic lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen tray format — easy to fill, hold and serve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural kraft finish — suits street food, deli and casual dining presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for chips, fries, onion rings, wedges, snacks and small food portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact footprint — easy to store and stack behind the counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of the Edenware kraft food packaging range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Edenware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002835\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep trays in their packaging until needed to protect them from dust, damp and contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from virgin food-grade kraft paperboard with soya-based ink and no plastic lining. Disposal options can vary depending on food contamination, grease and local waste streams — always check your waste provider’s guidance before placing used food packaging into recycling, composting or general waste. Complements the wider Edenware compostable cup and wooden cutlery range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are small kraft food trays used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall kraft food trays are used for serving chips, fries, onion rings, wedges, nuggets, snacks, tasters and small food-to-go portions. They are popular with takeaways, cafés, street food vendors, food trucks, events and catering setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays measure 42 x 62 x 100mm, making them suitable for single small portions of chips, fries and similar hot food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays are in the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 Edenware small kraft food trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these trays suitable for chips and fries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These trays are ideal for small portions of chips, fries, wedges, onion rings and similar side dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these trays suitable for street food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These compact kraft trays are well suited to street food, markets, festivals, pop-ups, food trucks and event catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these trays made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays are made from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard, printed with soya-based ink and supplied without a plastic lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these trays recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe trays are made from paperboard without a plastic lining, but used food packaging may be affected by grease or food contamination. Check your local waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these trays be used for samples or tasters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Their compact size makes them useful for samples, tasters, small finger foods and event food portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these trays replace lidded takeaway boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays are best for open food service and immediate eating. For delivery, stacking or transport, use a suitable lidded takeaway box instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy small kraft food trays in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Edenware small kraft food trays and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096123539790,"sku":"EDE-002835","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D41113_1_e13663ed-f12b-48d9-8346-300a9cb8f9e0.webp?v=1782745935"},{"product_id":"edenware-4-x-4-kraft-folded-board-tray-burger-tray-takeaway-packaging-recyclable-cardboard-case-of-500","title":"4\" x 4\" Kraft Folded Board Tray - Burger Tray - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003eKraft burger trays from Edenware, supplied in a case of 500. Measuring 110 x 110 x 51mm, these 4\" x 4\" folded board trays are made from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard, printed with soya-based ink and supplied without a plastic lining. Designed specifically for burgers and filled buns, the square format and deeper sides keep contents secure and present food neatly without the need for additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe natural kraft finish gives a warm, street-food feel that works well with casual dining, food truck setups and takeaway counters. The snug fit holds burgers and filled buns in place during service, making them a practical choice for fast-paced operations where presentation and speed both matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Edenware kraft burger trays are a straightforward, high-volume packaging option for businesses serving burgers, filled buns and similar hand-held food regularly. The case of 500 suits operations that need a consistent supply of disposable burger trays — from takeaways and food trucks to street food vendors and event caterers. The deeper sides offer more security than a standard flat tray, making them suitable for loaded burgers and generously filled buns. They pair well with the wider Edenware kraft food packaging range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for burgers, filled buns, chicken burgers, veggie burgers and similar hand-held food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, pop-ups, food trucks, festivals and outdoor food stalls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for hot food counter items, filled rolls and casual meal portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish and chip shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for fish burgers, battered buns and similar counter items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for conferences, fairs, festivals, race days, corporate events and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood halls and markets\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean tray for casual dining and high-volume burger service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeisure and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for kiosks, visitor attractions, stadium counters, cinemas and event venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 kraft burger trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 110 x 110 x 51mm (4\" x 4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted with soya-based ink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo plastic lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare format with deeper sides — designed for burgers and filled buns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural kraft finish — suits street food, casual dining and takeaway presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of the Edenware kraft food packaging range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Edenware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: EDE-002836\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep trays in their packaging until needed to protect them from dust, damp and contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from virgin food-grade kraft paperboard with soya-based ink and no plastic lining. Disposal options can vary depending on food contamination, grease and local waste streams — always check your waste provider’s guidance before placing used food packaging into recycling, composting or general waste. Complements the wider Edenware compostable cup and wooden cutlery range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these kraft burger trays used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays are designed for serving burgers, filled buns, chicken burgers, veggie burgers and similar hand-held food. The square format and deeper sides keep contents secure during service and suit takeaway counters, food trucks and street food setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these burger trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays measure 110 x 110 x 51mm (4\" x 4\"), designed to fit standard burger and filled bun portions securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays are in the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 Edenware kraft burger trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these trays made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese trays are made from virgin food-grade kraft and white paperboard, printed with soya-based ink and supplied without a plastic lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these trays recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe trays are made from paperboard without a plastic lining, but used food packaging may be affected by grease or food contamination. Check your local waste provider’s guidance for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for loaded burgers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The deeper sides provide more security than a standard flat tray, making them suitable for loaded burgers and generously filled buns. For very saucy or heavily loaded items, consider a lidded box for transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for street food and events?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The natural kraft finish and practical format make them well suited to street food markets, festivals, pop-ups, food trucks and event catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy kraft burger trays in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Edenware kraft burger trays and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096123736398,"sku":"EDE-002836","price":30.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D40043_1_cb5f114c-c31c-424c-abd1-929a0c8ad748.webp?v=1782746552"},{"product_id":"patterned-folded-board-fish-and-chip-box-blue-white-box-of-250","title":"Blue \u0026 White Fish and Chip Boxes - Box of 250","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlue and white patterned fish and chip boxes from Go-Deli, supplied in a box of 250. Measuring 60 x 115 x 215mm and made from high-quality virgin food-grade paperboard, these folded board takeaway boxes are designed for fish and chips, sausage and chips, saveloys, fish cakes and other classic chip shop portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePart of the Go-Deli White and Tasty fish and chip range, the traditional blue and white pattern gives a recognisable chip-shop look that suits fish and chip shops, seaside kiosks, street food stalls and casual food-to-go counters. The folded board construction handles hot food portions well, and the open-fill design makes it quick for staff to serve and wrap orders during busy service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese patterned fish and chip boxes are designed for busy takeaway environments where speed, presentation and portion control matter. The 60 x 115 x 215mm size accommodates standard fish and chip portions, sausage and chips, loaded chips, saveloys, fish cakes and similar hot food items. Supplied in a box of 250, they suit fish and chip shops, takeaways, mobile caterers, food markets, event venues and hospitality businesses that need a reliable, presentable chip shop box at volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish and chip shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for fish and chips, sausage and chips, saveloys, fish cakes, chip portions and traditional chip shop meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for hot food portions, loaded chips, sides, fried food and casual takeaway meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStreet food vendors\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for markets, pop-ups, food trucks, outdoor events and food festivals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvent catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for race days, fairs, festivals, stadium kiosks, mobile catering and temporary food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and casual food counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for hot snacks, chip portions, fried sides and food-to-go service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeaside kiosks and leisure venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — a strong fit for fish and chips, chips, sausages, kids’ meals and casual takeaway food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 250 fish and chip boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 60 x 115 x 215mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue and white patterned design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from high-quality virgin food-grade paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolded board construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional chip-shop style presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for fish and chips, sausages, saveloys, fish cakes and loaded chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of the Go-Deli White and Tasty fish and chip range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Go-Deli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: GO-002831\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture and direct sunlight. Keep boxes in their packaging until needed to protect them from dust, damp and contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are these fish and chip boxes used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese boxes are used for serving takeaway portions of fish and chips, sausage and chips, saveloys, fish cakes, chip portions, loaded chips and other hot food-to-go meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these fish and chip boxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese boxes measure 60 x 115 x 215mm, suitable for standard fish and chip portions and similar chip shop meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes are supplied?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 250 Go-Deli blue and white patterned fish and chip boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these boxes suitable for sausages and saveloys?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The box is suitable for sausages, saveloys, fish cakes and similar takeaway food portions alongside fish and chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these boxes suitable for chip shops?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These boxes are ideal for fish and chip shops, takeaways, seaside kiosks and fast food outlets serving traditional chip shop food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these boxes suitable for street food and events?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are practical for markets, pop-ups, food trucks, festivals, food halls and event catering where a presentable, disposable chip shop box is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy fish and chip boxes in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order directly from Vending Superstore. We supply Go-Deli fish and chip boxes and a wide range of food-to-go packaging and catering disposables to businesses across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096124326222,"sku":"GO -002831","price":41.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/D40316_1_7f15eba2-7344-4c96-baaf-cbd5685da070.webp?v=1782747839"},{"product_id":"nescafe-gold-blend-alta-rica-500g-tin","title":"Nescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica Instant Coffee Tin 500g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/cde107d5-0771-442b-9595-c3a8e709ca1d.__CR0_0_970_300_PT0_SX970_V1.jpg?v=1739698940\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica instant coffee in a 500g catering tin — a bold, premium instant coffee with a distinctive flavour, made from 100% Latin American Arabica beans dark roasted by an expert team of roasters. A step above standard instant coffee, Alta Rica is well suited to offices, meeting rooms and hospitality settings where a more characterful, premium cup is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlta Rica is part of the Nescafé Gold Blend range and uses 100% Latin American Arabica coffee beans, selected and dark roasted to create a bold, distinctive flavour that sets it apart from the standard Gold Blend. With over 80 years of experience in selecting, roasting and blending coffee, Nescafé brings that expertise to every tin of Alta Rica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500g catering tin is fully recyclable — simply separate the tin, lid and foil and place them in the appropriate recycling. Nescafé have also reduced CO2 emissions on Alta Rica compared to 2018.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice kitchens and staff rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-facing meeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSettings where a bolder, more premium instant coffee is preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500g catering-size instant coffee tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica — bold, distinctive flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% Latin American Arabica coffee beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark roasted by expert roasters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced CO2 emissions compared to 2018\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully recyclable tin, lid and foil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% Latin American Arabica instant coffee, dark roasted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules (500g and 750g catering tins), Nescafé Original instant coffee granules (750g tin) and Nescafé Original Decaf (500g tin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Nescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAlta Rica is a premium instant coffee from the Nescafé Gold Blend range, made from 100% Latin American Arabica beans and dark roasted for a bold, distinctive flavour. It is positioned above standard Gold Blend for those who prefer a stronger, more characterful cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Alta Rica differ from standard Gold Blend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStandard Gold Blend uses a blend of Arabica and Robusta beans for a smooth, rounded taste. Alta Rica uses 100% Latin American Arabica beans and a darker roast, producing a bolder, more distinctive flavour profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for offices and staff rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 500g Alta Rica tin is well suited to office kitchens, meeting rooms and client-facing areas where a premium, bolder instant coffee is preferred over a standard blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tin recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The tin, lid and foil are all fully recyclable. Simply separate the three components and place them in the appropriate recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the CO2 reduction mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNescafé have reduced CO2 emissions on Alta Rica compared to their 2018 baseline, as part of their ongoing commitment to more sustainable coffee production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nescafé Alta Rica coffee tins in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can order Nescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica 500g catering tins from Vending Superstore, where we stock a full range of catering-size instant coffee tins and workplace coffee supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside a catering coffee tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096274272590,"sku":"NES-002815","price":33.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/71Kr2q1mBcL._AC_SL1500_3a2031bd-3afa-4753-b1fc-6d2d51896e2c.jpg?v=1779872671"},{"product_id":"nescafe-organic-fairtrade-instant-coffee-500g-tin","title":"Nescafé Gold Organic Fairtrade Instant Coffee Tin 500g","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 20px; float: none;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/00ed543a-b812-406d-8167-eb12d78c9290.__CR0_0_1464_600_PT0_SX1464_V1.jpg?v=1739699312\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Organic Fairtrade instant coffee in a 500g catering tin — a smooth, rich instant coffee made from 100% Arabica beans, crafted in collaboration with farmers growing organic coffee. Fairtrade certified, EU Organic certified and certified to Soil Association organic standards, this is a well-suited choice for offices, meeting rooms and hospitality settings where ethical sourcing and organic credentials matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Organic uses 100% Arabica coffee beans for a smooth, delicious cup with a rich aroma. As a Fairtrade certified coffee, it supports fairer trading conditions, social change and environmental protection for the farmers and communities involved in its production. It is also proudly EU Organic certified and certified to the higher Soil Association organic standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workplaces and hospitality operations with an ethical sourcing policy, this is a practical catering-size option that delivers on both quality and provenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and workplaces with an ethical sourcing or sustainability policy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-facing meeting rooms and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, hospitality trays and breakfast rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace canteens and break areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and foodservice operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSettings where organic and Fairtrade credentials are valued\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500g catering-size instant coffee tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNescafé Gold Organic — smooth taste and rich aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% Arabica coffee beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — supports fairer trading conditions for farmers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEU Organic certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertified to Soil Association higher organic standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted in collaboration with organic coffee farmers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoffee: Fairtrade certified and sourced from Fairtrade producers. Total 100%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirections\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoil water. Add one teaspoon of Nescafé Gold Organic instant coffee to a mug. Stir and enjoy. Add milk or sugar if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits. Browse our full range of catering coffee supplies and workplace drink station products at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso Available In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNescafé Gold Blend instant coffee granules (500g and 750g catering tins), Nescafé Gold Blend Alta Rica (500g tin) and Nescafé Original instant coffee granules (750g tin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Nescafé Gold Organic Fairtrade certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Nescafé Gold Organic is Fairtrade certified, meaning it is sourced from Fairtrade producers and supports fairer trading conditions, social change and environmental protection for farming communities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this coffee organic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Nescafé Gold Organic is EU Organic certified and certified to the higher Soil Association organic standards, using 100% organically grown Arabica coffee beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Soil Association certification?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Soil Association sets higher organic standards than the EU Organic baseline. Certification to Soil Association standards means the coffee meets a more rigorous set of organic requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does this coffee taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNescafé Gold Organic delivers a smooth taste and rich aroma, made from 100% Arabica beans crafted in collaboration with organic coffee farmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tin suitable for offices and staff rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 500g tin is well suited to office kitchens, meeting rooms and client-facing areas where an organic and Fairtrade instant coffee is preferred or required by a workplace sourcing policy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Nescafé Organic coffee tins in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can order Nescafé Gold Organic Fairtrade 500g catering tins from Vending Superstore, where we stock a full range of catering-size instant coffee tins and workplace coffee supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I buy alongside a catering coffee tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPopular additions include sugar sticks, UHT milk portions, wooden stirrers, disposable cups and individually wrapped biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nescafé","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51096274305358,"sku":"NES-002816","price":31.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/71lw7Aa-DNL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1782068065"},{"product_id":"salt-individually-wrapped-sachets-box-of-2000","title":"Salt Sachets – Pack of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003eSalt Sachets are supplied here as individually wrapped single-serve portions, with 2000 sachets per box. A high-volume bulk condiment sachet format for takeaways, cafés, fish and chip shops, burger vans, food trucks, canteens, catering operations and any food service setting where individual salt portions are needed at scale. Salt sachets are a universal condiment staple — easy to hand out with any food order, portion-controlled, hygienic and straightforward to store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe box of 2000 is a high-volume restocking format suited to busy operations where salt sachets are used in large quantities daily. Other condiment sachets are also available — see our full range of sauce sachets and portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSalt Sachets are individually wrapped single-serve portions of salt, supplied in a box of 2000. Sealed for freshness, easy to hand out and suitable for a wide range of food service applications. No allergens declared.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish and chip shops — a staple condiment alongside vinegar and ketchup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakeaways and fast food outlets — chips, burgers, meal deals and packed orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurger vans and food trucks — easy to hand out alongside other condiments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and sandwich shops — counter service and grab-and-go food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCanteens and workplace catering — staff restaurants, school and college catering, factories and warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering and events — buffets, outdoor catering, festivals and corporate lunches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and hospitality — breakfast service, room service trays and casual dining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 2000 individually wrapped salt sachets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-serve portion-controlled format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHygienic — no shared salt cellars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to hand out with food orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo allergens declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-volume format for busy food service operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther condiment sachets available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Always check the current product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen and “may contain” information before serving in a catering or food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refer to the product packaging for specific storage and best before information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are salt sachets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSalt sachets are single-serve portions of salt, usually supplied in small sealed packets for catering, takeaways, cafés and food service. They are a hygienic alternative to shared salt cellars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre salt sachets suitable for takeaways?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Salt sachets are ideal for takeaways, fish and chip shops, burger vans, food trucks and cafés because they are easy to hand out with food orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use salt sachets instead of a salt cellar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSalt sachets are hygienic, portion-controlled and easy to hand out with takeaway orders or packed meals. They avoid the need for shared salt cellars in customer-facing food service areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat businesses use salt sachets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSalt sachets are commonly used by takeaways, fish and chip shops, cafés, burger vans, food trucks, caterers, canteens, hotels and event catering companies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other condiment sachets are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCommon options include tomato ketchup, brown sauce, mayonnaise, mustard, BBQ sauce, sweet chilli sauce, tartare sauce, salad cream and vinegar. See our full range of condiment sachets at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Portion Solutions","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51105108787534,"sku":"POR-002753","price":5.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0835\/2596\/0014\/files\/SaltSachets2000_a1be88c8-7811-41a9-916c-7223b10d5148.jpg?v=1779132147"}],"url":"https:\/\/businessbeverages.co.uk\/collections\/new-in.oembed?page=3","provider":"Business Beverages","version":"1.0","type":"link"}